Mercurial > projects > ldc
annotate dmd/template.c @ 1607:207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
---
dmd/arrayop.c | 30 ++++----
dmd/arraytypes.h | 2 +-
dmd/class.c | 8 +-
dmd/declaration.c | 10 ++--
dmd/declaration.h | 16 ++--
dmd/doc.c | 12 ++--
dmd/dsymbol.c | 4 +-
dmd/expression.c | 48 +++++++-------
dmd/expression.h | 32 +++++-----
dmd/func.c | 78 +++++++++++-----------
dmd/init.c | 2 +-
dmd/interpret.c | 8 +-
dmd/mtype.c | 190 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++--------------------------
dmd/mtype.h | 32 +++++-----
dmd/opover.c | 34 +++++-----
dmd/parse.c | 40 ++++++------
dmd/parse.h | 2 +-
dmd/statement.c | 90 +++++++++++++-------------
dmd/statement.h | 14 ++--
dmd/struct.c | 8 +-
dmd/template.c | 30 ++++----
gen/functions.cpp | 10 ++--
gen/functions.h | 2 +-
gen/tocall.cpp | 10 ++--
gen/typinf.cpp | 6 +-
25 files changed, 359 insertions(+), 359 deletions(-)
| author | Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com> |
|---|---|
| date | Wed, 06 Jan 2010 15:18:20 -0300 |
| parents | def7a1d494fd |
| children | 1d0220dd613a |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 336 | 1 |
| 2 // Compiler implementation of the D programming language | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
3 // Copyright (c) 1999-2009 by Digital Mars |
| 336 | 4 // All Rights Reserved |
| 5 // written by Walter Bright | |
| 6 // http://www.digitalmars.com | |
| 7 // License for redistribution is by either the Artistic License | |
| 8 // in artistic.txt, or the GNU General Public License in gnu.txt. | |
| 9 // See the included readme.txt for details. | |
| 10 | |
| 11 // Handle template implementation | |
| 12 | |
| 13 #include <stdio.h> | |
| 14 #include <assert.h> | |
| 15 | |
| 16 #if !IN_LLVM | |
| 17 #endif | |
| 18 #include "root.h" | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
19 #include "rmem.h" |
| 336 | 20 #include "stringtable.h" |
| 21 #include "mars.h" | |
| 22 #include "identifier.h" | |
| 23 #include "mtype.h" | |
| 24 #include "template.h" | |
| 25 #include "init.h" | |
| 26 #include "expression.h" | |
| 27 #include "scope.h" | |
| 28 #include "module.h" | |
| 29 #include "aggregate.h" | |
| 30 #include "declaration.h" | |
| 31 #include "dsymbol.h" | |
| 32 #include "hdrgen.h" | |
| 33 | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
34 #if WINDOWS_SEH |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
35 #include <windows.h> |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
36 long __cdecl __ehfilter(LPEXCEPTION_POINTERS ep); |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
37 #endif |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
38 |
| 336 | 39 #define LOG 0 |
| 40 | |
| 41 /******************************************** | |
| 42 * These functions substitute for dynamic_cast. dynamic_cast does not work | |
| 43 * on earlier versions of gcc. | |
| 44 */ | |
| 45 | |
| 46 Expression *isExpression(Object *o) | |
| 47 { | |
| 48 //return dynamic_cast<Expression *>(o); | |
| 49 if (!o || o->dyncast() != DYNCAST_EXPRESSION) | |
| 50 return NULL; | |
| 51 return (Expression *)o; | |
| 52 } | |
| 53 | |
| 54 Dsymbol *isDsymbol(Object *o) | |
| 55 { | |
| 56 //return dynamic_cast<Dsymbol *>(o); | |
| 57 if (!o || o->dyncast() != DYNCAST_DSYMBOL) | |
| 58 return NULL; | |
| 59 return (Dsymbol *)o; | |
| 60 } | |
| 61 | |
| 62 Type *isType(Object *o) | |
| 63 { | |
| 64 //return dynamic_cast<Type *>(o); | |
| 65 if (!o || o->dyncast() != DYNCAST_TYPE) | |
| 66 return NULL; | |
| 67 return (Type *)o; | |
| 68 } | |
| 69 | |
| 70 Tuple *isTuple(Object *o) | |
| 71 { | |
| 72 //return dynamic_cast<Tuple *>(o); | |
| 73 if (!o || o->dyncast() != DYNCAST_TUPLE) | |
| 74 return NULL; | |
| 75 return (Tuple *)o; | |
| 76 } | |
| 77 | |
| 78 | |
| 79 /*********************** | |
| 80 * Try to get arg as a type. | |
| 81 */ | |
| 82 | |
| 83 Type *getType(Object *o) | |
| 84 { | |
| 85 Type *t = isType(o); | |
| 86 if (!t) | |
| 87 { Expression *e = isExpression(o); | |
| 88 if (e) | |
| 89 t = e->type; | |
| 90 } | |
| 91 return t; | |
| 92 } | |
| 93 | |
| 94 Dsymbol *getDsymbol(Object *oarg) | |
| 95 { | |
| 96 Dsymbol *sa; | |
| 97 Expression *ea = isExpression(oarg); | |
| 98 if (ea) | |
| 99 { // Try to convert Expression to symbol | |
| 100 if (ea->op == TOKvar) | |
| 101 sa = ((VarExp *)ea)->var; | |
| 102 else if (ea->op == TOKfunction) | |
| 103 sa = ((FuncExp *)ea)->fd; | |
| 104 else | |
| 105 sa = NULL; | |
| 106 } | |
| 107 else | |
| 108 { // Try to convert Type to symbol | |
| 109 Type *ta = isType(oarg); | |
| 110 if (ta) | |
| 111 sa = ta->toDsymbol(NULL); | |
| 112 else | |
| 113 sa = isDsymbol(oarg); // if already a symbol | |
| 114 } | |
| 115 return sa; | |
| 116 } | |
| 117 | |
| 118 /****************************** | |
| 119 * If o1 matches o2, return 1. | |
| 120 * Else, return 0. | |
| 121 */ | |
| 122 | |
| 123 int match(Object *o1, Object *o2, TemplateDeclaration *tempdecl, Scope *sc) | |
| 124 { | |
| 125 Type *t1 = isType(o1); | |
| 126 Type *t2 = isType(o2); | |
| 127 Expression *e1 = isExpression(o1); | |
| 128 Expression *e2 = isExpression(o2); | |
| 129 Dsymbol *s1 = isDsymbol(o1); | |
| 130 Dsymbol *s2 = isDsymbol(o2); | |
| 131 Tuple *v1 = isTuple(o1); | |
| 132 Tuple *v2 = isTuple(o2); | |
| 133 | |
| 134 //printf("\t match t1 %p t2 %p, e1 %p e2 %p, s1 %p s2 %p, v1 %p v2 %p\n", t1,t2,e1,e2,s1,s2,v1,v2); | |
| 135 | |
| 136 /* A proper implementation of the various equals() overrides | |
| 137 * should make it possible to just do o1->equals(o2), but | |
| 138 * we'll do that another day. | |
| 139 */ | |
| 140 | |
| 141 if (t1) | |
| 142 { | |
| 143 /* if t1 is an instance of ti, then give error | |
| 144 * about recursive expansions. | |
| 145 */ | |
| 146 Dsymbol *s = t1->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 147 if (s && s->parent) | |
| 148 { TemplateInstance *ti1 = s->parent->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 149 if (ti1 && ti1->tempdecl == tempdecl) | |
| 150 { | |
| 151 for (Scope *sc1 = sc; sc1; sc1 = sc1->enclosing) | |
| 152 { | |
| 153 if (sc1->scopesym == ti1) | |
| 154 { | |
| 155 error("recursive template expansion for template argument %s", t1->toChars()); | |
| 156 return 1; // fake a match | |
| 157 } | |
| 158 } | |
| 159 } | |
| 160 } | |
| 161 | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
162 //printf("t1 = %s\n", t1->toChars()); |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
163 //printf("t2 = %s\n", t2->toChars()); |
| 336 | 164 if (!t2 || !t1->equals(t2)) |
| 165 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 166 } | |
| 167 else if (e1) | |
| 168 { | |
| 169 #if 0 | |
| 170 if (e1 && e2) | |
| 171 { | |
| 172 printf("match %d\n", e1->equals(e2)); | |
| 173 e1->print(); | |
| 174 e2->print(); | |
| 175 e1->type->print(); | |
| 176 e2->type->print(); | |
| 177 } | |
| 178 #endif | |
| 179 if (!e2) | |
| 180 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 181 if (!e1->equals(e2)) | |
| 182 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 183 } | |
| 184 else if (s1) | |
| 185 { | |
| 186 //printf("%p %s, %p %s\n", s1, s1->toChars(), s2, s2->toChars()); | |
| 187 if (!s2 || !s1->equals(s2) || s1->parent != s2->parent) | |
| 188 { | |
| 189 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 190 } | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
191 #if DMDV2 |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
192 VarDeclaration *v1 = s1->isVarDeclaration(); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
193 VarDeclaration *v2 = s2->isVarDeclaration(); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
194 if (v1 && v2 && v1->storage_class & v2->storage_class & STCmanifest) |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
195 { ExpInitializer *ei1 = v1->init->isExpInitializer(); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
196 ExpInitializer *ei2 = v2->init->isExpInitializer(); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
197 if (ei1 && ei2 && !ei1->exp->equals(ei2->exp)) |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
198 goto Lnomatch; |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
199 } |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
200 #endif |
| 336 | 201 } |
| 202 else if (v1) | |
| 203 { | |
| 204 if (!v2) | |
| 205 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 206 if (v1->objects.dim != v2->objects.dim) | |
| 207 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 208 for (size_t i = 0; i < v1->objects.dim; i++) | |
| 209 { | |
| 210 if (!match((Object *)v1->objects.data[i], | |
| 211 (Object *)v2->objects.data[i], | |
| 212 tempdecl, sc)) | |
| 213 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 214 } | |
| 215 } | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
216 //printf("match\n"); |
| 336 | 217 return 1; // match |
| 218 Lnomatch: | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
219 //printf("nomatch\n"); |
| 336 | 220 return 0; // nomatch; |
| 221 } | |
| 222 | |
| 223 /**************************************** | |
| 224 */ | |
| 225 | |
| 226 void ObjectToCBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, Object *oarg) | |
| 227 { | |
| 228 //printf("ObjectToCBuffer()\n"); | |
| 229 Type *t = isType(oarg); | |
| 230 Expression *e = isExpression(oarg); | |
| 231 Dsymbol *s = isDsymbol(oarg); | |
| 232 Tuple *v = isTuple(oarg); | |
| 233 if (t) | |
| 234 { //printf("\tt: %s ty = %d\n", t->toChars(), t->ty); | |
| 235 t->toCBuffer(buf, NULL, hgs); | |
| 236 } | |
| 237 else if (e) | |
| 238 e->toCBuffer(buf, hgs); | |
| 239 else if (s) | |
| 240 { | |
| 241 char *p = s->ident ? s->ident->toChars() : s->toChars(); | |
| 242 buf->writestring(p); | |
| 243 } | |
| 244 else if (v) | |
| 245 { | |
| 246 Objects *args = &v->objects; | |
| 247 for (size_t i = 0; i < args->dim; i++) | |
| 248 { | |
| 249 if (i) | |
| 250 buf->writeByte(','); | |
| 251 Object *o = (Object *)args->data[i]; | |
| 252 ObjectToCBuffer(buf, hgs, o); | |
| 253 } | |
| 254 } | |
| 255 else if (!oarg) | |
| 256 { | |
| 257 buf->writestring("NULL"); | |
| 258 } | |
| 259 else | |
| 260 { | |
| 261 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 262 printf("bad Object = %p\n", oarg); | |
| 263 #endif | |
| 264 assert(0); | |
| 265 } | |
| 266 } | |
| 267 | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
268 #if DMDV2 |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
269 Object *objectSyntaxCopy(Object *o) |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
270 { |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
271 if (!o) |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
272 return NULL; |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
273 Type *t = isType(o); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
274 if (t) |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
275 return t->syntaxCopy(); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
276 Expression *e = isExpression(o); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
277 if (e) |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
278 return e->syntaxCopy(); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
279 return o; |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
280 } |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
281 #endif |
| 336 | 282 |
| 283 | |
| 284 /* ======================== TemplateDeclaration ============================= */ | |
| 285 | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
286 TemplateDeclaration::TemplateDeclaration(Loc loc, Identifier *id, |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
287 TemplateParameters *parameters, Expression *constraint, Array *decldefs) |
| 336 | 288 : ScopeDsymbol(id) |
| 289 { | |
| 290 #if LOG | |
| 291 printf("TemplateDeclaration(this = %p, id = '%s')\n", this, id->toChars()); | |
| 292 #endif | |
| 293 #if 0 | |
| 294 if (parameters) | |
| 295 for (int i = 0; i < parameters->dim; i++) | |
| 296 { TemplateParameter *tp = (TemplateParameter *)parameters->data[i]; | |
| 297 //printf("\tparameter[%d] = %p\n", i, tp); | |
| 298 TemplateTypeParameter *ttp = tp->isTemplateTypeParameter(); | |
| 299 | |
| 300 if (ttp) | |
| 301 { | |
| 302 printf("\tparameter[%d] = %s : %s\n", i, tp->ident->toChars(), ttp->specType ? ttp->specType->toChars() : ""); | |
| 303 } | |
| 304 } | |
| 305 #endif | |
| 306 this->loc = loc; | |
| 307 this->parameters = parameters; | |
| 308 this->origParameters = parameters; | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
309 this->constraint = constraint; |
| 336 | 310 this->members = decldefs; |
| 311 this->overnext = NULL; | |
| 312 this->overroot = NULL; | |
| 1587 | 313 this->semanticRun = 0; |
| 336 | 314 this->onemember = NULL; |
| 315 } | |
| 316 | |
| 317 Dsymbol *TemplateDeclaration::syntaxCopy(Dsymbol *) | |
| 318 { | |
| 319 //printf("TemplateDeclaration::syntaxCopy()\n"); | |
| 320 TemplateDeclaration *td; | |
| 321 TemplateParameters *p; | |
| 322 Array *d; | |
| 323 | |
| 324 p = NULL; | |
| 325 if (parameters) | |
| 326 { | |
| 327 p = new TemplateParameters(); | |
| 328 p->setDim(parameters->dim); | |
| 329 for (int i = 0; i < p->dim; i++) | |
| 330 { TemplateParameter *tp = (TemplateParameter *)parameters->data[i]; | |
| 331 p->data[i] = (void *)tp->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 332 } | |
| 333 } | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
334 Expression *e = NULL; |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
335 if (constraint) |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
336 e = constraint->syntaxCopy(); |
| 336 | 337 d = Dsymbol::arraySyntaxCopy(members); |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
338 td = new TemplateDeclaration(loc, ident, p, e, d); |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
339 |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
340 #if IN_LLVM |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
561
diff
changeset
|
341 // LDC |
|
527
cecfee2d01a8
Added support for overloaded intrinsics.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
336
diff
changeset
|
342 td->intrinsicName = intrinsicName; |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
343 #endif |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
344 |
| 336 | 345 return td; |
| 346 } | |
| 347 | |
| 348 void TemplateDeclaration::semantic(Scope *sc) | |
| 349 { | |
| 350 #if LOG | |
| 351 printf("TemplateDeclaration::semantic(this = %p, id = '%s')\n", this, ident->toChars()); | |
| 352 #endif | |
| 1587 | 353 if (semanticRun) |
| 336 | 354 return; // semantic() already run |
| 1587 | 355 semanticRun = 1; |
| 336 | 356 |
| 357 if (sc->func) | |
| 358 { | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
359 #if DMDV1 |
| 336 | 360 error("cannot declare template at function scope %s", sc->func->toChars()); |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
361 #endif |
| 336 | 362 } |
| 363 | |
| 364 if (/*global.params.useArrayBounds &&*/ sc->module) | |
| 365 { | |
| 366 // Generate this function as it may be used | |
| 367 // when template is instantiated in other modules | |
|
1146
1860414bf3b7
* Moved ir/irsymbol.cpp/h into ir/irdsymbol.cpp/h.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1103
diff
changeset
|
368 |
|
1860414bf3b7
* Moved ir/irsymbol.cpp/h into ir/irdsymbol.cpp/h.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1103
diff
changeset
|
369 // FIXME: LDC |
|
1860414bf3b7
* Moved ir/irsymbol.cpp/h into ir/irdsymbol.cpp/h.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1103
diff
changeset
|
370 //sc->module->toModuleArray(); |
| 336 | 371 } |
| 372 | |
| 373 if (/*global.params.useAssert &&*/ sc->module) | |
| 374 { | |
| 375 // Generate this function as it may be used | |
| 376 // when template is instantiated in other modules | |
|
1146
1860414bf3b7
* Moved ir/irsymbol.cpp/h into ir/irdsymbol.cpp/h.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1103
diff
changeset
|
377 |
|
1860414bf3b7
* Moved ir/irsymbol.cpp/h into ir/irdsymbol.cpp/h.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1103
diff
changeset
|
378 // FIXME: LDC |
|
1860414bf3b7
* Moved ir/irsymbol.cpp/h into ir/irdsymbol.cpp/h.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1103
diff
changeset
|
379 //sc->module->toModuleAssert(); |
| 336 | 380 } |
| 381 | |
| 382 /* Remember Scope for later instantiations, but make | |
| 383 * a copy since attributes can change. | |
| 384 */ | |
| 385 this->scope = new Scope(*sc); | |
| 386 this->scope->setNoFree(); | |
| 387 | |
| 388 // Set up scope for parameters | |
| 389 ScopeDsymbol *paramsym = new ScopeDsymbol(); | |
| 390 paramsym->parent = sc->parent; | |
| 391 Scope *paramscope = sc->push(paramsym); | |
| 392 paramscope->parameterSpecialization = 1; | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
393 paramscope->stc = 0; |
| 336 | 394 |
| 395 if (global.params.doDocComments) | |
| 396 { | |
| 397 origParameters = new TemplateParameters(); | |
| 398 origParameters->setDim(parameters->dim); | |
| 399 for (int i = 0; i < parameters->dim; i++) | |
| 400 { | |
| 401 TemplateParameter *tp = (TemplateParameter *)parameters->data[i]; | |
| 402 origParameters->data[i] = (void *)tp->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 403 } | |
| 404 } | |
| 405 | |
| 406 for (int i = 0; i < parameters->dim; i++) | |
| 407 { | |
| 408 TemplateParameter *tp = (TemplateParameter *)parameters->data[i]; | |
| 409 | |
| 410 tp->declareParameter(paramscope); | |
| 411 } | |
| 412 | |
| 413 for (int i = 0; i < parameters->dim; i++) | |
| 414 { | |
| 415 TemplateParameter *tp = (TemplateParameter *)parameters->data[i]; | |
| 416 | |
| 417 tp->semantic(paramscope); | |
| 418 if (i + 1 != parameters->dim && tp->isTemplateTupleParameter()) | |
| 419 error("template tuple parameter must be last one"); | |
| 420 } | |
| 421 | |
| 422 paramscope->pop(); | |
| 423 | |
| 424 if (members) | |
| 425 { | |
| 426 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 427 if (Dsymbol::oneMembers(members, &s)) | |
| 428 { | |
| 429 if (s && s->ident && s->ident->equals(ident)) | |
| 430 { | |
| 431 onemember = s; | |
| 432 s->parent = this; | |
| 433 } | |
| 434 } | |
| 435 } | |
| 436 | |
| 437 /* BUG: should check: | |
| 438 * o no virtual functions or non-static data members of classes | |
| 439 */ | |
| 440 } | |
| 441 | |
| 442 const char *TemplateDeclaration::kind() | |
| 443 { | |
| 444 return (onemember && onemember->isAggregateDeclaration()) | |
| 445 ? onemember->kind() | |
| 446 : (char *)"template"; | |
| 447 } | |
| 448 | |
| 449 /********************************** | |
| 450 * Overload existing TemplateDeclaration 'this' with the new one 's'. | |
| 451 * Return !=0 if successful; i.e. no conflict. | |
| 452 */ | |
| 453 | |
| 454 int TemplateDeclaration::overloadInsert(Dsymbol *s) | |
| 455 { | |
| 456 TemplateDeclaration **pf; | |
| 457 TemplateDeclaration *f; | |
| 458 | |
| 459 #if LOG | |
| 460 printf("TemplateDeclaration::overloadInsert('%s')\n", s->toChars()); | |
| 461 #endif | |
| 462 f = s->isTemplateDeclaration(); | |
| 463 if (!f) | |
| 464 return FALSE; | |
| 465 TemplateDeclaration *pthis = this; | |
| 466 for (pf = &pthis; *pf; pf = &(*pf)->overnext) | |
| 467 { | |
| 468 #if 0 | |
| 469 // Conflict if TemplateParameter's match | |
| 470 // Will get caught anyway later with TemplateInstance, but | |
| 471 // should check it now. | |
| 472 TemplateDeclaration *f2 = *pf; | |
| 473 | |
| 474 if (f->parameters->dim != f2->parameters->dim) | |
| 475 goto Lcontinue; | |
| 476 | |
| 477 for (int i = 0; i < f->parameters->dim; i++) | |
| 478 { TemplateParameter *p1 = (TemplateParameter *)f->parameters->data[i]; | |
| 479 TemplateParameter *p2 = (TemplateParameter *)f2->parameters->data[i]; | |
| 480 | |
| 481 if (!p1->overloadMatch(p2)) | |
| 482 goto Lcontinue; | |
| 483 } | |
| 484 | |
| 485 #if LOG | |
| 486 printf("\tfalse: conflict\n"); | |
| 487 #endif | |
| 488 return FALSE; | |
| 489 | |
| 490 Lcontinue: | |
| 491 ; | |
| 492 #endif | |
| 493 } | |
| 494 | |
| 495 f->overroot = this; | |
| 496 *pf = f; | |
| 497 #if LOG | |
| 498 printf("\ttrue: no conflict\n"); | |
| 499 #endif | |
| 500 return TRUE; | |
| 501 } | |
| 502 | |
| 503 /*************************************** | |
| 504 * Given that ti is an instance of this TemplateDeclaration, | |
| 505 * deduce the types of the parameters to this, and store | |
| 506 * those deduced types in dedtypes[]. | |
| 507 * Input: | |
| 508 * flag 1: don't do semantic() because of dummy types | |
| 509 * 2: don't change types in matchArg() | |
| 510 * Output: | |
| 511 * dedtypes deduced arguments | |
| 512 * Return match level. | |
| 513 */ | |
| 514 | |
| 515 MATCH TemplateDeclaration::matchWithInstance(TemplateInstance *ti, | |
| 516 Objects *dedtypes, int flag) | |
| 517 { MATCH m; | |
| 518 int dedtypes_dim = dedtypes->dim; | |
| 519 | |
| 520 #define LOGM 0 | |
| 521 #if LOGM | |
| 522 printf("\n+TemplateDeclaration::matchWithInstance(this = %s, ti = %s, flag = %d)\n", toChars(), ti->toChars(), flag); | |
| 523 #endif | |
| 524 | |
| 525 #if 0 | |
| 526 printf("dedtypes->dim = %d, parameters->dim = %d\n", dedtypes_dim, parameters->dim); | |
| 527 if (ti->tiargs->dim) | |
| 528 printf("ti->tiargs->dim = %d, [0] = %p\n", | |
| 529 ti->tiargs->dim, | |
| 530 ti->tiargs->data[0]); | |
| 531 #endif | |
| 532 dedtypes->zero(); | |
| 533 | |
| 534 int parameters_dim = parameters->dim; | |
| 535 int variadic = isVariadic() != NULL; | |
| 536 | |
| 537 // If more arguments than parameters, no match | |
| 538 if (ti->tiargs->dim > parameters_dim && !variadic) | |
| 539 { | |
| 540 #if LOGM | |
| 541 printf(" no match: more arguments than parameters\n"); | |
| 542 #endif | |
| 543 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 544 } | |
| 545 | |
| 546 assert(dedtypes_dim == parameters_dim); | |
| 547 assert(dedtypes_dim >= ti->tiargs->dim || variadic); | |
| 548 | |
| 549 // Set up scope for parameters | |
| 550 assert((size_t)scope > 0x10000); | |
| 551 ScopeDsymbol *paramsym = new ScopeDsymbol(); | |
| 552 paramsym->parent = scope->parent; | |
| 553 Scope *paramscope = scope->push(paramsym); | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
554 paramscope->stc = 0; |
| 336 | 555 |
| 556 // Attempt type deduction | |
| 557 m = MATCHexact; | |
| 558 for (int i = 0; i < dedtypes_dim; i++) | |
| 559 { MATCH m2; | |
| 560 TemplateParameter *tp = (TemplateParameter *)parameters->data[i]; | |
| 561 Declaration *sparam; | |
| 562 | |
| 563 //printf("\targument [%d]\n", i); | |
| 564 #if LOGM | |
| 565 //printf("\targument [%d] is %s\n", i, oarg ? oarg->toChars() : "null"); | |
| 566 TemplateTypeParameter *ttp = tp->isTemplateTypeParameter(); | |
| 567 if (ttp) | |
| 568 printf("\tparameter[%d] is %s : %s\n", i, tp->ident->toChars(), ttp->specType ? ttp->specType->toChars() : ""); | |
| 569 #endif | |
| 570 | |
| 571 #if DMDV1 | |
| 572 m2 = tp->matchArg(paramscope, ti->tiargs, i, parameters, dedtypes, &sparam); | |
| 573 #else | |
| 574 m2 = tp->matchArg(paramscope, ti->tiargs, i, parameters, dedtypes, &sparam, (flag & 2) ? 1 : 0); | |
| 575 | |
| 576 #endif | |
| 577 //printf("\tm2 = %d\n", m2); | |
| 578 | |
| 579 if (m2 == MATCHnomatch) | |
| 580 { | |
| 581 #if 0 | |
| 582 printf("\tmatchArg() for parameter %i failed\n", i); | |
| 583 #endif | |
| 584 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 585 } | |
| 586 | |
| 587 if (m2 < m) | |
| 588 m = m2; | |
| 589 | |
| 590 if (!flag) | |
| 591 sparam->semantic(paramscope); | |
| 592 if (!paramscope->insert(sparam)) | |
| 593 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 594 } | |
| 595 | |
| 596 if (!flag) | |
| 597 { | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
598 /* Any parameter left without a type gets the type of |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
599 * its corresponding arg |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
600 */ |
| 336 | 601 for (int i = 0; i < dedtypes_dim; i++) |
| 602 { | |
| 603 if (!dedtypes->data[i]) | |
| 604 { assert(i < ti->tiargs->dim); | |
| 605 dedtypes->data[i] = ti->tiargs->data[i]; | |
| 606 } | |
| 607 } | |
| 608 } | |
| 609 | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
610 #if DMDV2 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
611 if (m && constraint && !(flag & 1)) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
612 { /* Check to see if constraint is satisfied. |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
613 */ |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
614 Expression *e = constraint->syntaxCopy(); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
615 paramscope->flags |= SCOPEstaticif; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
616 e = e->semantic(paramscope); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
617 e = e->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
618 if (e->isBool(TRUE)) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
619 ; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
620 else if (e->isBool(FALSE)) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
621 goto Lnomatch; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
622 else |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
623 { |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
624 e->error("constraint %s is not constant or does not evaluate to a bool", e->toChars()); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
625 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
626 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
627 #endif |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
628 |
| 336 | 629 #if LOGM |
| 630 // Print out the results | |
| 631 printf("--------------------------\n"); | |
| 632 printf("template %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 633 printf("instance %s\n", ti->toChars()); | |
| 634 if (m) | |
| 635 { | |
| 636 for (int i = 0; i < dedtypes_dim; i++) | |
| 637 { | |
| 638 TemplateParameter *tp = (TemplateParameter *)parameters->data[i]; | |
| 639 Object *oarg; | |
| 640 | |
| 641 printf(" [%d]", i); | |
| 642 | |
| 643 if (i < ti->tiargs->dim) | |
| 644 oarg = (Object *)ti->tiargs->data[i]; | |
| 645 else | |
| 646 oarg = NULL; | |
| 647 tp->print(oarg, (Object *)dedtypes->data[i]); | |
| 648 } | |
| 649 } | |
| 650 else | |
| 651 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 652 #endif | |
| 653 | |
| 654 #if LOGM | |
| 655 printf(" match = %d\n", m); | |
| 656 #endif | |
| 657 goto Lret; | |
| 658 | |
| 659 Lnomatch: | |
| 660 #if LOGM | |
| 661 printf(" no match\n"); | |
| 662 #endif | |
| 663 m = MATCHnomatch; | |
| 664 | |
| 665 Lret: | |
| 666 paramscope->pop(); | |
| 667 #if LOGM | |
| 668 printf("-TemplateDeclaration::matchWithInstance(this = %p, ti = %p) = %d\n", this, ti, m); | |
| 669 #endif | |
| 670 return m; | |
| 671 } | |
| 672 | |
| 673 /******************************************** | |
| 674 * Determine partial specialization order of 'this' vs td2. | |
| 675 * Returns: | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
676 * match this is at least as specialized as td2 |
| 336 | 677 * 0 td2 is more specialized than this |
| 678 */ | |
| 679 | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
680 MATCH TemplateDeclaration::leastAsSpecialized(TemplateDeclaration *td2) |
| 336 | 681 { |
| 682 /* This works by taking the template parameters to this template | |
| 683 * declaration and feeding them to td2 as if it were a template | |
| 684 * instance. | |
| 685 * If it works, then this template is at least as specialized | |
| 686 * as td2. | |
| 687 */ | |
| 688 | |
| 689 TemplateInstance ti(0, ident); // create dummy template instance | |
| 690 Objects dedtypes; | |
| 691 | |
| 692 #define LOG_LEASTAS 0 | |
| 693 | |
| 694 #if LOG_LEASTAS | |
| 695 printf("%s.leastAsSpecialized(%s)\n", toChars(), td2->toChars()); | |
| 696 #endif | |
| 697 | |
| 698 // Set type arguments to dummy template instance to be types | |
| 699 // generated from the parameters to this template declaration | |
| 700 ti.tiargs = new Objects(); | |
| 701 ti.tiargs->setDim(parameters->dim); | |
| 702 for (int i = 0; i < ti.tiargs->dim; i++) | |
| 703 { | |
| 704 TemplateParameter *tp = (TemplateParameter *)parameters->data[i]; | |
| 705 | |
| 706 void *p = tp->dummyArg(); | |
| 707 if (p) | |
| 708 ti.tiargs->data[i] = p; | |
| 709 else | |
| 710 ti.tiargs->setDim(i); | |
| 711 } | |
| 712 | |
| 713 // Temporary Array to hold deduced types | |
| 714 //dedtypes.setDim(parameters->dim); | |
| 715 dedtypes.setDim(td2->parameters->dim); | |
| 716 | |
| 717 // Attempt a type deduction | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
718 MATCH m = td2->matchWithInstance(&ti, &dedtypes, 1); |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
719 if (m) |
| 336 | 720 { |
| 721 /* A non-variadic template is more specialized than a | |
| 722 * variadic one. | |
| 723 */ | |
| 724 if (isVariadic() && !td2->isVariadic()) | |
| 725 goto L1; | |
| 726 | |
| 727 #if LOG_LEASTAS | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
728 printf(" matches %d, so is least as specialized\n", m); |
| 336 | 729 #endif |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
730 return m; |
| 336 | 731 } |
| 732 L1: | |
| 733 #if LOG_LEASTAS | |
| 734 printf(" doesn't match, so is not as specialized\n"); | |
| 735 #endif | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
736 return MATCHnomatch; |
| 336 | 737 } |
| 738 | |
| 739 | |
| 740 /************************************************* | |
| 741 * Match function arguments against a specific template function. | |
| 742 * Input: | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
743 * loc instantiation location |
| 336 | 744 * targsi Expression/Type initial list of template arguments |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
745 * ethis 'this' argument if !NULL |
| 336 | 746 * fargs arguments to function |
| 747 * Output: | |
| 748 * dedargs Expression/Type deduced template arguments | |
| 749 * Returns: | |
| 750 * match level | |
| 751 */ | |
| 752 | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
753 MATCH TemplateDeclaration::deduceFunctionTemplateMatch(Loc loc, Objects *targsi, |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
754 Expression *ethis, Expressions *fargs, |
| 336 | 755 Objects *dedargs) |
| 756 { | |
| 757 size_t i; | |
| 758 size_t nfparams; | |
| 759 size_t nfargs; | |
| 760 size_t nargsi; // array size of targsi | |
| 761 int fptupindex = -1; | |
| 762 int tuple_dim = 0; | |
| 763 MATCH match = MATCHexact; | |
| 764 FuncDeclaration *fd = onemember->toAlias()->isFuncDeclaration(); | |
| 765 TypeFunction *fdtype; // type of fd | |
| 766 Objects dedtypes; // for T:T*, the dedargs is the T*, dedtypes is the T | |
| 767 | |
| 768 #if 0 | |
| 769 printf("\nTemplateDeclaration::deduceFunctionTemplateMatch() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 770 for (i = 0; i < fargs->dim; i++) | |
| 771 { Expression *e = (Expression *)fargs->data[i]; | |
| 772 printf("\tfarg[%d] is %s, type is %s\n", i, e->toChars(), e->type->toChars()); | |
| 773 } | |
| 774 #endif | |
| 775 | |
| 776 assert((size_t)scope > 0x10000); | |
| 777 | |
| 778 dedargs->setDim(parameters->dim); | |
| 779 dedargs->zero(); | |
| 780 | |
| 781 dedtypes.setDim(parameters->dim); | |
| 782 dedtypes.zero(); | |
| 783 | |
| 784 // Set up scope for parameters | |
| 785 ScopeDsymbol *paramsym = new ScopeDsymbol(); | |
| 786 paramsym->parent = scope->parent; | |
| 787 Scope *paramscope = scope->push(paramsym); | |
| 788 | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
789 TemplateTupleParameter *tp = isVariadic(); |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
790 |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
791 #if 0 |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
792 for (i = 0; i < dedargs->dim; i++) |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
793 { |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
794 printf("\tdedarg[%d] = ", i); |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
795 Object *oarg = (Object *)dedargs->data[i]; |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
796 if (oarg) printf("%s", oarg->toChars()); |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
797 printf("\n"); |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
798 } |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
799 #endif |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
800 |
| 336 | 801 |
| 802 nargsi = 0; | |
| 803 if (targsi) | |
| 804 { // Set initial template arguments | |
| 805 | |
| 806 nargsi = targsi->dim; | |
| 1587 | 807 size_t n = parameters->dim; |
| 808 if (nargsi > n) | |
| 336 | 809 { if (!tp) |
| 810 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 811 dedargs->setDim(nargsi); | |
| 812 dedargs->zero(); | |
| 813 } | |
| 1587 | 814 else |
| 815 n = nargsi; | |
| 816 | |
| 817 memcpy(dedargs->data, targsi->data, n * sizeof(*dedargs->data)); | |
| 818 | |
| 819 for (size_t i = 0; i < n; i++) | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
820 { assert(i < parameters->dim); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
821 TemplateParameter *tp = (TemplateParameter *)parameters->data[i]; |
| 336 | 822 MATCH m; |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
823 Declaration *sparam = NULL; |
| 336 | 824 |
| 825 m = tp->matchArg(paramscope, dedargs, i, parameters, &dedtypes, &sparam); | |
| 826 //printf("\tdeduceType m = %d\n", m); | |
| 827 if (m == MATCHnomatch) | |
| 828 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 829 if (m < match) | |
| 830 match = m; | |
| 831 | |
| 832 sparam->semantic(paramscope); | |
| 833 if (!paramscope->insert(sparam)) | |
| 834 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 835 } | |
| 836 } | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
837 #if 0 |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
838 for (i = 0; i < dedargs->dim; i++) |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
839 { |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
840 printf("\tdedarg[%d] = ", i); |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
841 Object *oarg = (Object *)dedargs->data[i]; |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
842 if (oarg) printf("%s", oarg->toChars()); |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
843 printf("\n"); |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
844 } |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
845 #endif |
| 336 | 846 |
| 847 assert(fd->type->ty == Tfunction); | |
| 848 fdtype = (TypeFunction *)fd->type; | |
| 849 | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
850 nfparams = Parameter::dim(fdtype->parameters); // number of function parameters |
| 1587 | 851 nfargs = fargs ? fargs->dim : 0; // number of function arguments |
| 336 | 852 |
| 853 /* Check for match of function arguments with variadic template | |
| 854 * parameter, such as: | |
| 855 * | |
| 856 * template Foo(T, A...) { void Foo(T t, A a); } | |
| 857 * void main() { Foo(1,2,3); } | |
| 858 */ | |
| 859 if (tp) // if variadic | |
| 860 { | |
| 1587 | 861 if (nfparams == 0 && nfargs != 0) // if no function parameters |
| 336 | 862 { |
| 863 Tuple *t = new Tuple(); | |
| 864 //printf("t = %p\n", t); | |
| 865 dedargs->data[parameters->dim - 1] = (void *)t; | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
866 declareParameter(paramscope, tp, t); |
| 336 | 867 goto L2; |
| 868 } | |
| 869 else if (nfargs < nfparams - 1) | |
| 870 goto L1; | |
| 871 else | |
| 872 { | |
| 873 /* Figure out which of the function parameters matches | |
| 874 * the tuple template parameter. Do this by matching | |
| 875 * type identifiers. | |
| 876 * Set the index of this function parameter to fptupindex. | |
| 877 */ | |
| 878 for (fptupindex = 0; fptupindex < nfparams; fptupindex++) | |
| 879 { | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
880 Parameter *fparam = (Parameter *)fdtype->parameters->data[fptupindex]; |
| 336 | 881 if (fparam->type->ty != Tident) |
| 882 continue; | |
| 883 TypeIdentifier *tid = (TypeIdentifier *)fparam->type; | |
| 884 if (!tp->ident->equals(tid->ident) || tid->idents.dim) | |
| 885 continue; | |
| 886 | |
| 887 if (fdtype->varargs) // variadic function doesn't | |
| 888 goto Lnomatch; // go with variadic template | |
| 889 | |
| 890 /* The types of the function arguments | |
| 891 * now form the tuple argument. | |
| 892 */ | |
| 893 Tuple *t = new Tuple(); | |
| 894 dedargs->data[parameters->dim - 1] = (void *)t; | |
| 895 | |
| 896 tuple_dim = nfargs - (nfparams - 1); | |
| 897 t->objects.setDim(tuple_dim); | |
| 898 for (i = 0; i < tuple_dim; i++) | |
| 899 { Expression *farg = (Expression *)fargs->data[fptupindex + i]; | |
| 900 t->objects.data[i] = (void *)farg->type; | |
| 901 } | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
902 declareParameter(paramscope, tp, t); |
| 336 | 903 goto L2; |
| 904 } | |
| 905 fptupindex = -1; | |
| 906 } | |
| 907 } | |
| 908 | |
| 909 L1: | |
| 910 if (nfparams == nfargs) | |
| 911 ; | |
| 912 else if (nfargs > nfparams) | |
| 913 { | |
| 914 if (fdtype->varargs == 0) | |
| 915 goto Lnomatch; // too many args, no match | |
| 916 match = MATCHconvert; // match ... with a conversion | |
| 917 } | |
| 918 | |
| 919 L2: | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
920 #if DMDV2 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
921 // Match 'ethis' to any TemplateThisParameter's |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
922 if (ethis) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
923 { |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
924 for (size_t i = 0; i < parameters->dim; i++) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
925 { TemplateParameter *tp = (TemplateParameter *)parameters->data[i]; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
926 TemplateThisParameter *ttp = tp->isTemplateThisParameter(); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
927 if (ttp) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
928 { MATCH m; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
929 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
930 Type *t = new TypeIdentifier(0, ttp->ident); |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
931 m = ethis->type->deduceType(paramscope, t, parameters, &dedtypes); |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
932 if (!m) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
933 goto Lnomatch; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
934 if (m < match) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
935 match = m; // pick worst match |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
936 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
937 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
938 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
939 #endif |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
940 |
| 336 | 941 // Loop through the function parameters |
| 942 for (i = 0; i < nfparams; i++) | |
| 943 { | |
| 944 /* Skip over function parameters which wound up | |
| 945 * as part of a template tuple parameter. | |
| 946 */ | |
| 947 if (i == fptupindex) | |
| 948 { if (fptupindex == nfparams - 1) | |
| 949 break; | |
| 950 i += tuple_dim - 1; | |
| 951 continue; | |
| 952 } | |
| 953 | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
954 Parameter *fparam = Parameter::getNth(fdtype->parameters, i); |
| 336 | 955 |
| 956 if (i >= nfargs) // if not enough arguments | |
| 957 { | |
| 958 if (fparam->defaultArg) | |
| 959 { /* Default arguments do not participate in template argument | |
| 960 * deduction. | |
| 961 */ | |
| 962 goto Lmatch; | |
| 963 } | |
| 964 } | |
| 965 else | |
| 966 { Expression *farg = (Expression *)fargs->data[i]; | |
| 967 #if 0 | |
| 968 printf("\tfarg->type = %s\n", farg->type->toChars()); | |
| 969 printf("\tfparam->type = %s\n", fparam->type->toChars()); | |
| 970 #endif | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
971 Type *argtype = farg->type; |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
972 |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
973 #if DMDV2 |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
974 /* Allow string literals which are type [] to match with [dim] |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
975 */ |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
976 if (farg->op == TOKstring) |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
977 { StringExp *se = (StringExp *)farg; |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
978 if (!se->committed && argtype->ty == Tarray && |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
979 fparam->type->toBasetype()->ty == Tsarray) |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
980 { |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
981 argtype = new TypeSArray(argtype->nextOf(), new IntegerExp(se->loc, se->len, Type::tindex)); |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
982 argtype = argtype->semantic(se->loc, NULL); |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
983 argtype = argtype->invariantOf(); |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
984 } |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
985 } |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
986 #endif |
| 336 | 987 |
| 988 MATCH m; | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
989 m = argtype->deduceType(paramscope, fparam->type, parameters, &dedtypes); |
| 336 | 990 //printf("\tdeduceType m = %d\n", m); |
| 991 | |
| 992 /* If no match, see if there's a conversion to a delegate | |
| 993 */ | |
| 994 if (!m && fparam->type->toBasetype()->ty == Tdelegate) | |
| 995 { | |
| 996 TypeDelegate *td = (TypeDelegate *)fparam->type->toBasetype(); | |
| 997 TypeFunction *tf = (TypeFunction *)td->next; | |
| 998 | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
999 if (!tf->varargs && Parameter::dim(tf->parameters) == 0) |
| 336 | 1000 { |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1001 m = farg->type->deduceType(paramscope, tf->next, parameters, &dedtypes); |
| 336 | 1002 if (!m && tf->next->toBasetype()->ty == Tvoid) |
| 1003 m = MATCHconvert; | |
| 1004 } | |
| 1005 //printf("\tm2 = %d\n", m); | |
| 1006 } | |
| 1007 | |
| 1008 if (m) | |
| 1009 { if (m < match) | |
| 1010 match = m; // pick worst match | |
| 1011 continue; | |
| 1012 } | |
| 1013 } | |
| 1014 | |
| 1015 /* The following code for variadic arguments closely | |
| 1016 * matches TypeFunction::callMatch() | |
| 1017 */ | |
| 1018 if (!(fdtype->varargs == 2 && i + 1 == nfparams)) | |
| 1019 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 1020 | |
| 1021 /* Check for match with function parameter T... | |
| 1022 */ | |
| 1023 Type *tb = fparam->type->toBasetype(); | |
| 1024 switch (tb->ty) | |
| 1025 { | |
| 1026 // Perhaps we can do better with this, see TypeFunction::callMatch() | |
| 1027 case Tsarray: | |
| 1028 { TypeSArray *tsa = (TypeSArray *)tb; | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1029 dinteger_t sz = tsa->dim->toInteger(); |
| 336 | 1030 if (sz != nfargs - i) |
| 1031 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 1032 } | |
| 1033 case Tarray: | |
| 1034 { TypeArray *ta = (TypeArray *)tb; | |
| 1035 for (; i < nfargs; i++) | |
| 1036 { | |
| 1037 Expression *arg = (Expression *)fargs->data[i]; | |
| 1038 assert(arg); | |
| 1039 MATCH m; | |
| 1040 /* If lazy array of delegates, | |
| 1041 * convert arg(s) to delegate(s) | |
| 1042 */ | |
| 1043 Type *tret = fparam->isLazyArray(); | |
| 1044 if (tret) | |
| 1045 { | |
| 1046 if (ta->next->equals(arg->type)) | |
| 1047 { m = MATCHexact; | |
| 1048 } | |
| 1049 else | |
| 1050 { | |
| 1051 m = arg->implicitConvTo(tret); | |
| 1052 if (m == MATCHnomatch) | |
| 1053 { | |
| 1054 if (tret->toBasetype()->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 1055 m = MATCHconvert; | |
| 1056 } | |
| 1057 } | |
| 1058 } | |
| 1059 else | |
| 1060 { | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1061 m = arg->type->deduceType(paramscope, ta->next, parameters, &dedtypes); |
| 336 | 1062 //m = arg->implicitConvTo(ta->next); |
| 1063 } | |
| 1064 if (m == MATCHnomatch) | |
| 1065 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 1066 if (m < match) | |
| 1067 match = m; | |
| 1068 } | |
| 1069 goto Lmatch; | |
| 1070 } | |
| 1071 case Tclass: | |
| 1072 case Tident: | |
| 1073 goto Lmatch; | |
| 1074 | |
| 1075 default: | |
| 1076 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 1077 } | |
| 1078 } | |
| 1079 | |
| 1080 Lmatch: | |
| 1081 | |
| 1082 /* Fill in any missing arguments with their defaults. | |
| 1083 */ | |
| 1084 for (i = nargsi; i < dedargs->dim; i++) | |
| 1085 { | |
| 1086 TemplateParameter *tp = (TemplateParameter *)parameters->data[i]; | |
| 1087 //printf("tp[%d] = %s\n", i, tp->ident->toChars()); | |
| 1088 /* For T:T*, the dedargs is the T*, dedtypes is the T | |
| 1089 * But for function templates, we really need them to match | |
| 1090 */ | |
| 1091 Object *oarg = (Object *)dedargs->data[i]; | |
| 1092 Object *oded = (Object *)dedtypes.data[i]; | |
| 1093 //printf("1dedargs[%d] = %p, dedtypes[%d] = %p\n", i, oarg, i, oded); | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1094 //if (oarg) printf("oarg: %s\n", oarg->toChars()); |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1095 //if (oded) printf("oded: %s\n", oded->toChars()); |
| 336 | 1096 if (!oarg) |
| 1097 { | |
| 1098 if (oded) | |
| 1099 { | |
| 1100 if (tp->specialization()) | |
| 1101 { /* The specialization can work as long as afterwards | |
| 1102 * the oded == oarg | |
| 1103 */ | |
| 1104 Declaration *sparam; | |
| 1105 dedargs->data[i] = (void *)oded; | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
1106 MATCH m2 = tp->matchArg(paramscope, dedargs, i, parameters, &dedtypes, &sparam, 0); |
| 336 | 1107 //printf("m2 = %d\n", m2); |
| 1108 if (!m2) | |
| 1109 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 1110 if (m2 < match) | |
| 1111 match = m2; // pick worst match | |
| 1112 if (dedtypes.data[i] != oded) | |
| 1113 error("specialization not allowed for deduced parameter %s", tp->ident->toChars()); | |
| 1114 } | |
| 1115 } | |
| 1116 else | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1117 { oded = tp->defaultArg(loc, paramscope); |
| 336 | 1118 if (!oded) |
| 1119 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 1120 } | |
| 1121 declareParameter(paramscope, tp, oded); | |
| 1122 dedargs->data[i] = (void *)oded; | |
| 1123 } | |
| 1124 } | |
| 1125 | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1126 #if DMDV2 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1127 if (constraint) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1128 { /* Check to see if constraint is satisfied. |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1129 */ |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1130 Expression *e = constraint->syntaxCopy(); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1131 paramscope->flags |= SCOPEstaticif; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1132 e = e->semantic(paramscope); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1133 e = e->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1134 if (e->isBool(TRUE)) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1135 ; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1136 else if (e->isBool(FALSE)) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1137 goto Lnomatch; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1138 else |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1139 { |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1140 e->error("constraint %s is not constant or does not evaluate to a bool", e->toChars()); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1141 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1142 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1143 #endif |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1144 |
| 336 | 1145 #if 0 |
| 1146 for (i = 0; i < dedargs->dim; i++) | |
| 1147 { Type *t = (Type *)dedargs->data[i]; | |
| 1148 printf("\tdedargs[%d] = %d, %s\n", i, t->dyncast(), t->toChars()); | |
| 1149 } | |
| 1150 #endif | |
| 1151 | |
| 1152 paramscope->pop(); | |
| 1153 //printf("\tmatch %d\n", match); | |
| 1154 return match; | |
| 1155 | |
| 1156 Lnomatch: | |
| 1157 paramscope->pop(); | |
| 1158 //printf("\tnomatch\n"); | |
| 1159 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1160 } | |
| 1161 | |
| 1162 /************************************************** | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
1163 * Declare template parameter tp with value o, and install it in the scope sc. |
| 336 | 1164 */ |
| 1165 | |
| 1166 void TemplateDeclaration::declareParameter(Scope *sc, TemplateParameter *tp, Object *o) | |
| 1167 { | |
| 1168 //printf("TemplateDeclaration::declareParameter('%s', o = %p)\n", tp->ident->toChars(), o); | |
| 1169 | |
| 1170 Type *targ = isType(o); | |
| 1171 Expression *ea = isExpression(o); | |
| 1172 Dsymbol *sa = isDsymbol(o); | |
| 1173 Tuple *va = isTuple(o); | |
| 1174 | |
| 1175 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 1176 | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1177 // See if tp->ident already exists with a matching definition |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1178 Dsymbol *scopesym; |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1179 s = sc->search(loc, tp->ident, &scopesym); |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1180 if (s && scopesym == sc->scopesym) |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1181 { |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1182 TupleDeclaration *td = s->isTupleDeclaration(); |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1183 if (va && td) |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1184 { Tuple tup; |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1185 tup.objects = *td->objects; |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1186 if (match(va, &tup, this, sc)) |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1187 { |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1188 return; |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1189 } |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1190 } |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1191 } |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1192 |
| 336 | 1193 if (targ) |
| 1194 { | |
| 1195 //printf("type %s\n", targ->toChars()); | |
| 1196 s = new AliasDeclaration(0, tp->ident, targ); | |
| 1197 } | |
| 1198 else if (sa) | |
| 1199 { | |
| 1200 //printf("Alias %s %s;\n", sa->ident->toChars(), tp->ident->toChars()); | |
| 1201 s = new AliasDeclaration(0, tp->ident, sa); | |
| 1202 } | |
| 1203 else if (ea) | |
| 1204 { | |
| 1205 // tdtypes.data[i] always matches ea here | |
| 1206 Initializer *init = new ExpInitializer(loc, ea); | |
| 1207 TemplateValueParameter *tvp = tp->isTemplateValueParameter(); | |
| 1208 assert(tvp); | |
| 1209 | |
| 1210 VarDeclaration *v = new VarDeclaration(loc, tvp->valType, tp->ident, init); | |
| 1211 v->storage_class = STCconst; | |
| 1212 s = v; | |
| 1213 } | |
| 1214 else if (va) | |
| 1215 { | |
| 1216 //printf("\ttuple\n"); | |
| 1217 s = new TupleDeclaration(loc, tp->ident, &va->objects); | |
| 1218 } | |
| 1219 else | |
| 1220 { | |
| 1221 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 1222 o->print(); | |
| 1223 #endif | |
| 1224 assert(0); | |
| 1225 } | |
| 1226 if (!sc->insert(s)) | |
| 1227 error("declaration %s is already defined", tp->ident->toChars()); | |
| 1228 s->semantic(sc); | |
| 1229 } | |
| 1230 | |
| 1231 /************************************** | |
| 1232 * Determine if TemplateDeclaration is variadic. | |
| 1233 */ | |
| 1234 | |
| 1235 TemplateTupleParameter *isVariadic(TemplateParameters *parameters) | |
| 1236 { size_t dim = parameters->dim; | |
| 1237 TemplateTupleParameter *tp = NULL; | |
| 1238 | |
| 1239 if (dim) | |
| 1240 tp = ((TemplateParameter *)parameters->data[dim - 1])->isTemplateTupleParameter(); | |
| 1241 return tp; | |
| 1242 } | |
| 1243 | |
| 1244 TemplateTupleParameter *TemplateDeclaration::isVariadic() | |
| 1245 { | |
| 1246 return ::isVariadic(parameters); | |
| 1247 } | |
| 1248 | |
| 1249 /*********************************** | |
| 1250 * We can overload templates. | |
| 1251 */ | |
| 1252 | |
| 1253 int TemplateDeclaration::isOverloadable() | |
| 1254 { | |
| 1255 return 1; | |
| 1256 } | |
| 1257 | |
| 1258 /************************************************* | |
| 1259 * Given function arguments, figure out which template function | |
| 1260 * to expand, and return that function. | |
| 1261 * If no match, give error message and return NULL. | |
| 1262 * Input: | |
| 1263 * sc instantiation scope | |
| 1264 * loc instantiation location | |
| 1265 * targsi initial list of template arguments | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1266 * ethis if !NULL, the 'this' pointer argument |
| 336 | 1267 * fargs arguments to function |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1268 * flags 1: do not issue error message on no match, just return NULL |
| 336 | 1269 */ |
| 1270 | |
| 1271 FuncDeclaration *TemplateDeclaration::deduceFunctionTemplate(Scope *sc, Loc loc, | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1272 Objects *targsi, Expression *ethis, Expressions *fargs, int flags) |
| 336 | 1273 { |
| 1274 MATCH m_best = MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1275 TemplateDeclaration *td_ambig = NULL; | |
| 1276 TemplateDeclaration *td_best = NULL; | |
| 1277 Objects *tdargs = new Objects(); | |
| 1278 TemplateInstance *ti; | |
| 1279 FuncDeclaration *fd; | |
| 1280 | |
| 1281 #if 0 | |
| 1282 printf("TemplateDeclaration::deduceFunctionTemplate() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 1283 printf(" targsi:\n"); | |
| 1284 if (targsi) | |
| 1285 { for (int i = 0; i < targsi->dim; i++) | |
| 1286 { Object *arg = (Object *)targsi->data[i]; | |
| 1287 printf("\t%s\n", arg->toChars()); | |
| 1288 } | |
| 1289 } | |
| 1290 printf(" fargs:\n"); | |
| 1291 for (int i = 0; i < fargs->dim; i++) | |
| 1292 { Expression *arg = (Expression *)fargs->data[i]; | |
| 1293 printf("\t%s %s\n", arg->type->toChars(), arg->toChars()); | |
| 1294 //printf("\tty = %d\n", arg->type->ty); | |
| 1295 } | |
| 1296 #endif | |
| 1297 | |
| 1298 for (TemplateDeclaration *td = this; td; td = td->overnext) | |
| 1299 { | |
| 1587 | 1300 if (!td->semanticRun) |
| 336 | 1301 { |
| 1302 error("forward reference to template %s", td->toChars()); | |
| 1303 goto Lerror; | |
| 1304 } | |
| 1305 if (!td->onemember || !td->onemember->toAlias()->isFuncDeclaration()) | |
| 1306 { | |
| 1307 error("is not a function template"); | |
| 1308 goto Lerror; | |
| 1309 } | |
| 1310 | |
| 1311 MATCH m; | |
| 1312 Objects dedargs; | |
| 1313 | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1314 m = td->deduceFunctionTemplateMatch(loc, targsi, ethis, fargs, &dedargs); |
| 336 | 1315 //printf("deduceFunctionTemplateMatch = %d\n", m); |
| 1316 if (!m) // if no match | |
| 1317 continue; | |
| 1318 | |
| 1319 if (m < m_best) | |
| 1320 goto Ltd_best; | |
| 1321 if (m > m_best) | |
| 1322 goto Ltd; | |
| 1323 | |
| 1324 { | |
| 1325 // Disambiguate by picking the most specialized TemplateDeclaration | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1326 MATCH c1 = td->leastAsSpecialized(td_best); |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1327 MATCH c2 = td_best->leastAsSpecialized(td); |
| 336 | 1328 //printf("c1 = %d, c2 = %d\n", c1, c2); |
| 1329 | |
| 1330 if (c1 > c2) | |
| 1331 goto Ltd; | |
| 1332 else if (c1 < c2) | |
| 1333 goto Ltd_best; | |
| 1334 else | |
| 1335 goto Lambig; | |
| 1336 } | |
| 1337 | |
| 1338 Lambig: // td_best and td are ambiguous | |
| 1339 td_ambig = td; | |
| 1340 continue; | |
| 1341 | |
| 1342 Ltd_best: // td_best is the best match so far | |
| 1343 td_ambig = NULL; | |
| 1344 continue; | |
| 1345 | |
| 1346 Ltd: // td is the new best match | |
| 1347 td_ambig = NULL; | |
| 1348 assert((size_t)td->scope > 0x10000); | |
| 1349 td_best = td; | |
| 1350 m_best = m; | |
| 1351 tdargs->setDim(dedargs.dim); | |
| 1352 memcpy(tdargs->data, dedargs.data, tdargs->dim * sizeof(void *)); | |
| 1353 continue; | |
| 1354 } | |
| 1355 if (!td_best) | |
| 1356 { | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1357 error(loc, "does not match any function template declaration"); |
| 336 | 1358 goto Lerror; |
| 1359 } | |
| 1360 if (td_ambig) | |
| 1361 { | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
1362 error(loc, "matches more than one function template declaration:\n %s\nand:\n %s", |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
1363 td_best->toChars(), td_ambig->toChars()); |
| 336 | 1364 } |
| 1365 | |
| 1366 /* The best match is td_best with arguments tdargs. | |
| 1367 * Now instantiate the template. | |
| 1368 */ | |
| 1369 assert((size_t)td_best->scope > 0x10000); | |
| 1370 ti = new TemplateInstance(loc, td_best, tdargs); | |
| 1371 ti->semantic(sc); | |
| 1372 fd = ti->toAlias()->isFuncDeclaration(); | |
| 1373 if (!fd) | |
| 1374 goto Lerror; | |
| 1375 return fd; | |
| 1376 | |
| 1377 Lerror: | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1378 #if DMDV2 |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1379 if (!(flags & 1)) |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1380 #endif |
| 336 | 1381 { |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1382 HdrGenState hgs; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1383 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1384 OutBuffer bufa; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1385 Objects *args = targsi; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1386 if (args) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1387 { for (int i = 0; i < args->dim; i++) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1388 { |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1389 if (i) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1390 bufa.writeByte(','); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1391 Object *oarg = (Object *)args->data[i]; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1392 ObjectToCBuffer(&bufa, &hgs, oarg); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1393 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1394 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1395 |
| 336 | 1396 OutBuffer buf; |
| 1397 argExpTypesToCBuffer(&buf, fargs, &hgs); | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1398 error(loc, "cannot deduce template function from argument types !(%s)(%s)", |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1399 bufa.toChars(), buf.toChars()); |
| 336 | 1400 } |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1401 return NULL; |
| 336 | 1402 } |
| 1403 | |
| 1404 void TemplateDeclaration::toCBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs) | |
| 1405 { | |
| 1406 #if 0 // Should handle template functions | |
| 1407 if (onemember && onemember->isFuncDeclaration()) | |
| 1408 buf->writestring("foo "); | |
| 1409 #endif | |
| 1410 buf->writestring(kind()); | |
| 1411 buf->writeByte(' '); | |
| 1412 buf->writestring(ident->toChars()); | |
| 1413 buf->writeByte('('); | |
| 1414 for (int i = 0; i < parameters->dim; i++) | |
| 1415 { | |
| 1416 TemplateParameter *tp = (TemplateParameter *)parameters->data[i]; | |
| 1417 if (hgs->ddoc) | |
| 1418 tp = (TemplateParameter *)origParameters->data[i]; | |
| 1419 if (i) | |
| 1420 buf->writeByte(','); | |
| 1421 tp->toCBuffer(buf, hgs); | |
| 1422 } | |
| 1423 buf->writeByte(')'); | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1424 #if DMDV2 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1425 if (constraint) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1426 { buf->writestring(" if ("); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1427 constraint->toCBuffer(buf, hgs); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1428 buf->writeByte(')'); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1429 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1430 #endif |
| 336 | 1431 |
| 1432 if (hgs->hdrgen) | |
| 1433 { | |
| 1434 hgs->tpltMember++; | |
| 1435 buf->writenl(); | |
| 1436 buf->writebyte('{'); | |
| 1437 buf->writenl(); | |
| 1438 for (int i = 0; i < members->dim; i++) | |
| 1439 { | |
| 1440 Dsymbol *s = (Dsymbol *)members->data[i]; | |
| 1441 s->toCBuffer(buf, hgs); | |
| 1442 } | |
| 1443 buf->writebyte('}'); | |
| 1444 buf->writenl(); | |
| 1445 hgs->tpltMember--; | |
| 1446 } | |
| 1447 } | |
| 1448 | |
| 1449 | |
| 1450 char *TemplateDeclaration::toChars() | |
| 1451 { OutBuffer buf; | |
| 1452 HdrGenState hgs; | |
| 1453 | |
| 1454 memset(&hgs, 0, sizeof(hgs)); | |
| 1455 buf.writestring(ident->toChars()); | |
| 1456 buf.writeByte('('); | |
| 1457 for (int i = 0; i < parameters->dim; i++) | |
| 1458 { | |
| 1459 TemplateParameter *tp = (TemplateParameter *)parameters->data[i]; | |
| 1460 if (i) | |
| 1461 buf.writeByte(','); | |
| 1462 tp->toCBuffer(&buf, &hgs); | |
| 1463 } | |
| 1464 buf.writeByte(')'); | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1465 #if DMDV2 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1466 if (constraint) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1467 { buf.writestring(" if ("); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1468 constraint->toCBuffer(&buf, &hgs); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1469 buf.writeByte(')'); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1470 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1471 #endif |
| 336 | 1472 buf.writeByte(0); |
| 1473 return (char *)buf.extractData(); | |
| 1474 } | |
| 1475 | |
| 1476 /* ======================== Type ============================================ */ | |
| 1477 | |
| 1478 /**** | |
| 1479 * Given an identifier, figure out which TemplateParameter it is. | |
| 1480 * Return -1 if not found. | |
| 1481 */ | |
| 1482 | |
| 1483 int templateIdentifierLookup(Identifier *id, TemplateParameters *parameters) | |
| 1484 { | |
| 1485 for (size_t i = 0; i < parameters->dim; i++) | |
| 1486 { TemplateParameter *tp = (TemplateParameter *)parameters->data[i]; | |
| 1487 | |
| 1488 if (tp->ident->equals(id)) | |
| 1489 return i; | |
| 1490 } | |
| 1491 return -1; | |
| 1492 } | |
| 1493 | |
| 1494 int templateParameterLookup(Type *tparam, TemplateParameters *parameters) | |
| 1495 { | |
| 1496 assert(tparam->ty == Tident); | |
| 1497 TypeIdentifier *tident = (TypeIdentifier *)tparam; | |
| 1498 //printf("\ttident = '%s'\n", tident->toChars()); | |
| 1499 if (tident->idents.dim == 0) | |
| 1500 { | |
| 1501 return templateIdentifierLookup(tident->ident, parameters); | |
| 1502 } | |
| 1503 return -1; | |
| 1504 } | |
| 1505 | |
| 1506 /* These form the heart of template argument deduction. | |
| 1507 * Given 'this' being the type argument to the template instance, | |
| 1508 * it is matched against the template declaration parameter specialization | |
| 1509 * 'tparam' to determine the type to be used for the parameter. | |
| 1510 * Example: | |
| 1511 * template Foo(T:T*) // template declaration | |
| 1512 * Foo!(int*) // template instantiation | |
| 1513 * Input: | |
| 1514 * this = int* | |
| 1515 * tparam = T | |
| 1516 * parameters = [ T:T* ] // Array of TemplateParameter's | |
| 1517 * Output: | |
| 1518 * dedtypes = [ int ] // Array of Expression/Type's | |
| 1519 */ | |
| 1520 | |
| 1521 MATCH Type::deduceType(Scope *sc, Type *tparam, TemplateParameters *parameters, | |
| 1522 Objects *dedtypes) | |
| 1523 { | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1524 #if 0 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1525 printf("Type::deduceType()\n"); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1526 printf("\tthis = %d, ", ty); print(); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1527 printf("\ttparam = %d, ", tparam->ty); tparam->print(); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1528 #endif |
| 336 | 1529 if (!tparam) |
| 1530 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 1531 | |
| 1532 if (this == tparam) | |
| 1533 goto Lexact; | |
| 1534 | |
| 1535 if (tparam->ty == Tident) | |
| 1536 { | |
| 1537 // Determine which parameter tparam is | |
| 1538 int i = templateParameterLookup(tparam, parameters); | |
| 1539 if (i == -1) | |
| 1540 { | |
| 1541 if (!sc) | |
| 1542 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 1543 | |
| 1544 /* Need a loc to go with the semantic routine. | |
| 1545 */ | |
| 1546 Loc loc; | |
| 1547 if (parameters->dim) | |
| 1548 { | |
| 1549 TemplateParameter *tp = (TemplateParameter *)parameters->data[0]; | |
| 1550 loc = tp->loc; | |
| 1551 } | |
| 1552 | |
| 1553 /* BUG: what if tparam is a template instance, that | |
| 1554 * has as an argument another Tident? | |
| 1555 */ | |
| 1556 tparam = tparam->semantic(loc, sc); | |
| 1557 assert(tparam->ty != Tident); | |
| 1558 return deduceType(sc, tparam, parameters, dedtypes); | |
| 1559 } | |
| 1560 | |
| 1561 TemplateParameter *tp = (TemplateParameter *)parameters->data[i]; | |
| 1562 | |
| 1563 // Found the corresponding parameter tp | |
| 1564 if (!tp->isTemplateTypeParameter()) | |
| 1565 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 1566 Type *at = (Type *)dedtypes->data[i]; | |
| 1567 if (!at) | |
| 1568 { | |
| 1569 dedtypes->data[i] = (void *)this; | |
| 1570 goto Lexact; | |
| 1571 } | |
| 1572 if (equals(at)) | |
| 1573 goto Lexact; | |
| 1574 else if (ty == Tclass && at->ty == Tclass) | |
| 1575 { | |
| 1576 return (MATCH) implicitConvTo(at); | |
| 1577 } | |
| 1578 else if (ty == Tsarray && at->ty == Tarray && | |
| 1579 nextOf()->equals(at->nextOf())) | |
| 1580 { | |
| 1581 goto Lexact; | |
| 1582 } | |
| 1583 else | |
| 1584 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 1585 } | |
| 1586 | |
| 1587 if (ty != tparam->ty) | |
| 1588 return implicitConvTo(tparam); | |
| 1589 // goto Lnomatch; | |
| 1590 | |
| 1591 if (nextOf()) | |
| 1592 return nextOf()->deduceType(sc, tparam->nextOf(), parameters, dedtypes); | |
| 1593 | |
| 1594 Lexact: | |
| 1595 return MATCHexact; | |
| 1596 | |
| 1597 Lnomatch: | |
| 1598 return MATCHnomatch; | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1599 |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1600 #if DMDV2 |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1601 Lconst: |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1602 return MATCHconst; |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1603 #endif |
| 336 | 1604 } |
| 1605 | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1606 #if DMDV2 |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1607 MATCH TypeDArray::deduceType(Scope *sc, Type *tparam, TemplateParameters *parameters, |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1608 Objects *dedtypes) |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1609 { |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1610 #if 0 |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1611 printf("TypeDArray::deduceType()\n"); |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1612 printf("\tthis = %d, ", ty); print(); |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1613 printf("\ttparam = %d, ", tparam->ty); tparam->print(); |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1614 #endif |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1615 return Type::deduceType(sc, tparam, parameters, dedtypes); |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1616 |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1617 Lnomatch: |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1618 return MATCHnomatch; |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1619 } |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1620 #endif |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1621 |
| 336 | 1622 MATCH TypeSArray::deduceType(Scope *sc, Type *tparam, TemplateParameters *parameters, |
| 1623 Objects *dedtypes) | |
| 1624 { | |
| 1625 #if 0 | |
| 1626 printf("TypeSArray::deduceType()\n"); | |
| 1627 printf("\tthis = %d, ", ty); print(); | |
| 1628 printf("\ttparam = %d, ", tparam->ty); tparam->print(); | |
| 1629 #endif | |
| 1630 | |
| 1631 // Extra check that array dimensions must match | |
| 1632 if (tparam) | |
| 1633 { | |
| 1634 if (tparam->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 1635 { | |
| 1636 TypeSArray *tp = (TypeSArray *)tparam; | |
| 1637 | |
| 1638 if (tp->dim->op == TOKvar && | |
| 1639 ((VarExp *)tp->dim)->var->storage_class & STCtemplateparameter) | |
| 1640 { int i = templateIdentifierLookup(((VarExp *)tp->dim)->var->ident, parameters); | |
| 1641 // This code matches code in TypeInstance::deduceType() | |
| 1642 if (i == -1) | |
| 1643 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 1644 TemplateParameter *tp = (TemplateParameter *)parameters->data[i]; | |
| 1645 TemplateValueParameter *tvp = tp->isTemplateValueParameter(); | |
| 1646 if (!tvp) | |
| 1647 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 1648 Expression *e = (Expression *)dedtypes->data[i]; | |
| 1649 if (e) | |
| 1650 { | |
| 1651 if (!dim->equals(e)) | |
| 1652 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 1653 } | |
| 1654 else | |
| 1655 { Type *vt = tvp->valType->semantic(0, sc); | |
| 1656 MATCH m = (MATCH)dim->implicitConvTo(vt); | |
| 1657 if (!m) | |
| 1658 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 1659 dedtypes->data[i] = dim; | |
| 1660 } | |
| 1661 } | |
| 1662 else if (dim->toInteger() != tp->dim->toInteger()) | |
| 1663 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1664 } | |
| 1665 else if (tparam->ty == Taarray) | |
| 1666 { | |
| 1667 TypeAArray *tp = (TypeAArray *)tparam; | |
| 1668 if (tp->index->ty == Tident) | |
| 1669 { TypeIdentifier *tident = (TypeIdentifier *)tp->index; | |
| 1670 | |
| 1671 if (tident->idents.dim == 0) | |
| 1672 { Identifier *id = tident->ident; | |
| 1673 | |
| 1674 for (size_t i = 0; i < parameters->dim; i++) | |
| 1675 { | |
| 1676 TemplateParameter *tp = (TemplateParameter *)parameters->data[i]; | |
| 1677 | |
| 1678 if (tp->ident->equals(id)) | |
| 1679 { // Found the corresponding template parameter | |
| 1680 TemplateValueParameter *tvp = tp->isTemplateValueParameter(); | |
| 1681 if (!tvp || !tvp->valType->isintegral()) | |
| 1682 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 1683 | |
| 1684 if (dedtypes->data[i]) | |
| 1685 { | |
| 1686 if (!dim->equals((Object *)dedtypes->data[i])) | |
| 1687 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 1688 } | |
| 1689 else | |
| 1690 { dedtypes->data[i] = (void *)dim; | |
| 1691 } | |
| 1692 return next->deduceType(sc, tparam->nextOf(), parameters, dedtypes); | |
| 1693 } | |
| 1694 } | |
| 1695 } | |
| 1696 } | |
| 1697 } | |
| 1698 else if (tparam->ty == Tarray) | |
| 1699 { MATCH m; | |
| 1700 | |
| 1701 m = next->deduceType(sc, tparam->nextOf(), parameters, dedtypes); | |
| 1702 if (m == MATCHexact) | |
| 1703 m = MATCHconvert; | |
| 1704 return m; | |
| 1705 } | |
| 1706 } | |
| 1707 return Type::deduceType(sc, tparam, parameters, dedtypes); | |
| 1708 | |
| 1709 Lnomatch: | |
| 1710 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1711 } | |
| 1712 | |
| 1713 MATCH TypeAArray::deduceType(Scope *sc, Type *tparam, TemplateParameters *parameters, Objects *dedtypes) | |
| 1714 { | |
| 1715 #if 0 | |
| 1716 printf("TypeAArray::deduceType()\n"); | |
| 1717 printf("\tthis = %d, ", ty); print(); | |
| 1718 printf("\ttparam = %d, ", tparam->ty); tparam->print(); | |
| 1719 #endif | |
| 1720 | |
| 1721 // Extra check that index type must match | |
| 1722 if (tparam && tparam->ty == Taarray) | |
| 1723 { | |
| 1724 TypeAArray *tp = (TypeAArray *)tparam; | |
| 1725 if (!index->deduceType(sc, tp->index, parameters, dedtypes)) | |
| 1726 { | |
| 1727 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1728 } | |
| 1729 } | |
| 1730 return Type::deduceType(sc, tparam, parameters, dedtypes); | |
| 1731 } | |
| 1732 | |
| 1733 MATCH TypeFunction::deduceType(Scope *sc, Type *tparam, TemplateParameters *parameters, Objects *dedtypes) | |
| 1734 { | |
| 1735 //printf("TypeFunction::deduceType()\n"); | |
| 1736 //printf("\tthis = %d, ", ty); print(); | |
| 1737 //printf("\ttparam = %d, ", tparam->ty); tparam->print(); | |
| 1738 | |
| 1739 // Extra check that function characteristics must match | |
| 1740 if (tparam && tparam->ty == Tfunction) | |
| 1741 { | |
| 1742 TypeFunction *tp = (TypeFunction *)tparam; | |
| 1743 if (varargs != tp->varargs || | |
| 1744 linkage != tp->linkage) | |
| 1745 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1746 | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1747 size_t nfargs = Parameter::dim(this->parameters); |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1748 size_t nfparams = Parameter::dim(tp->parameters); |
| 336 | 1749 |
| 1750 /* See if tuple match | |
| 1751 */ | |
| 1752 if (nfparams > 0 && nfargs >= nfparams - 1) | |
| 1753 { | |
| 1754 /* See if 'A' of the template parameter matches 'A' | |
| 1755 * of the type of the last function parameter. | |
| 1756 */ | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1757 Parameter *fparam = Parameter::getNth(tp->parameters, nfparams - 1); |
| 336 | 1758 if (fparam->type->ty != Tident) |
| 1759 goto L1; | |
| 1760 TypeIdentifier *tid = (TypeIdentifier *)fparam->type; | |
| 1761 if (tid->idents.dim) | |
| 1762 goto L1; | |
| 1763 | |
| 1764 /* Look through parameters to find tuple matching tid->ident | |
| 1765 */ | |
| 1766 size_t tupi = 0; | |
| 1767 for (; 1; tupi++) | |
| 1768 { if (tupi == parameters->dim) | |
| 1769 goto L1; | |
| 1770 TemplateParameter *t = (TemplateParameter *)parameters->data[tupi]; | |
| 1771 TemplateTupleParameter *tup = t->isTemplateTupleParameter(); | |
| 1772 if (tup && tup->ident->equals(tid->ident)) | |
| 1773 break; | |
| 1774 } | |
| 1775 | |
| 1776 /* The types of the function arguments [nfparams - 1 .. nfargs] | |
| 1777 * now form the tuple argument. | |
| 1778 */ | |
| 1779 int tuple_dim = nfargs - (nfparams - 1); | |
| 1780 | |
| 1781 /* See if existing tuple, and whether it matches or not | |
| 1782 */ | |
| 1783 Object *o = (Object *)dedtypes->data[tupi]; | |
| 1784 if (o) | |
| 1785 { // Existing deduced argument must be a tuple, and must match | |
| 1786 Tuple *t = isTuple(o); | |
| 1787 if (!t || t->objects.dim != tuple_dim) | |
| 1788 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1789 for (size_t i = 0; i < tuple_dim; i++) | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1790 { Parameter *arg = Parameter::getNth(this->parameters, nfparams - 1 + i); |
| 336 | 1791 if (!arg->type->equals((Object *)t->objects.data[i])) |
| 1792 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1793 } | |
| 1794 } | |
| 1795 else | |
| 1796 { // Create new tuple | |
| 1797 Tuple *t = new Tuple(); | |
| 1798 t->objects.setDim(tuple_dim); | |
| 1799 for (size_t i = 0; i < tuple_dim; i++) | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1800 { Parameter *arg = Parameter::getNth(this->parameters, nfparams - 1 + i); |
| 336 | 1801 t->objects.data[i] = (void *)arg->type; |
| 1802 } | |
| 1803 dedtypes->data[tupi] = (void *)t; | |
| 1804 } | |
| 1805 nfparams--; // don't consider the last parameter for type deduction | |
| 1806 goto L2; | |
| 1807 } | |
| 1808 | |
| 1809 L1: | |
| 1810 if (nfargs != nfparams) | |
| 1811 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1812 L2: | |
| 1813 for (size_t i = 0; i < nfparams; i++) | |
| 1814 { | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1815 Parameter *a = Parameter::getNth(this->parameters, i); |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1816 Parameter *ap = Parameter::getNth(tp->parameters, i); |
| 336 | 1817 if (a->storageClass != ap->storageClass || |
| 1818 !a->type->deduceType(sc, ap->type, parameters, dedtypes)) | |
| 1819 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1820 } | |
| 1821 } | |
| 1822 return Type::deduceType(sc, tparam, parameters, dedtypes); | |
| 1823 } | |
| 1824 | |
| 1825 MATCH TypeIdentifier::deduceType(Scope *sc, Type *tparam, TemplateParameters *parameters, Objects *dedtypes) | |
| 1826 { | |
| 1827 // Extra check | |
| 1828 if (tparam && tparam->ty == Tident) | |
| 1829 { | |
| 1830 TypeIdentifier *tp = (TypeIdentifier *)tparam; | |
| 1831 | |
| 1832 for (int i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 1833 { | |
| 1834 Identifier *id1 = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 1835 Identifier *id2 = (Identifier *)tp->idents.data[i]; | |
| 1836 | |
| 1837 if (!id1->equals(id2)) | |
| 1838 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1839 } | |
| 1840 } | |
| 1841 return Type::deduceType(sc, tparam, parameters, dedtypes); | |
| 1842 } | |
| 1843 | |
| 1844 MATCH TypeInstance::deduceType(Scope *sc, | |
| 1845 Type *tparam, TemplateParameters *parameters, | |
| 1846 Objects *dedtypes) | |
| 1847 { | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1848 #if 0 |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1849 printf("TypeInstance::deduceType()\n"); |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1850 printf("\tthis = %d, ", ty); print(); |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1851 printf("\ttparam = %d, ", tparam->ty); tparam->print(); |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1852 #endif |
| 336 | 1853 |
| 1854 // Extra check | |
| 1855 if (tparam && tparam->ty == Tinstance) | |
| 1856 { | |
| 1857 TypeInstance *tp = (TypeInstance *)tparam; | |
| 1858 | |
| 1859 //printf("tempinst->tempdecl = %p\n", tempinst->tempdecl); | |
| 1860 //printf("tp->tempinst->tempdecl = %p\n", tp->tempinst->tempdecl); | |
| 1861 if (!tp->tempinst->tempdecl) | |
| 1862 { //printf("tp->tempinst->name = '%s'\n", tp->tempinst->name->toChars()); | |
| 1863 if (!tp->tempinst->name->equals(tempinst->name)) | |
| 1864 { | |
| 1865 /* Handle case of: | |
| 1866 * template Foo(T : sa!(T), alias sa) | |
| 1867 */ | |
| 1868 int i = templateIdentifierLookup(tp->tempinst->name, parameters); | |
| 1869 if (i == -1) | |
| 1870 { /* Didn't find it as a parameter identifier. Try looking | |
| 1871 * it up and seeing if is an alias. See Bugzilla 1454 | |
| 1872 */ | |
| 1873 Dsymbol *s = tempinst->tempdecl->scope->search(0, tp->tempinst->name, NULL); | |
| 1874 if (s) | |
| 1875 { | |
| 1876 s = s->toAlias(); | |
| 1877 TemplateDeclaration *td = s->isTemplateDeclaration(); | |
| 1878 if (td && td == tempinst->tempdecl) | |
| 1879 goto L2; | |
| 1880 } | |
| 1881 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 1882 } | |
| 1883 TemplateParameter *tpx = (TemplateParameter *)parameters->data[i]; | |
| 1884 // This logic duplicates tpx->matchArg() | |
| 1885 TemplateAliasParameter *ta = tpx->isTemplateAliasParameter(); | |
| 1886 if (!ta) | |
| 1887 goto Lnomatch; | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1888 Object *sa = tempinst->tempdecl; |
| 336 | 1889 if (!sa) |
| 1890 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 1891 if (ta->specAlias && sa != ta->specAlias) | |
| 1892 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 1893 if (dedtypes->data[i]) | |
| 1894 { // Must match already deduced symbol | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1895 Object *s = (Object *)dedtypes->data[i]; |
| 336 | 1896 |
| 1897 if (s != sa) | |
| 1898 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 1899 } | |
| 1900 dedtypes->data[i] = sa; | |
| 1901 } | |
| 1902 } | |
| 1903 else if (tempinst->tempdecl != tp->tempinst->tempdecl) | |
| 1904 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 1905 | |
| 1906 L2: | |
| 1907 | |
| 1587 | 1908 for (int i = 0; 1; i++) |
| 336 | 1909 { |
| 1910 //printf("\ttest: tempinst->tiargs[%d]\n", i); | |
| 1587 | 1911 Object *o1; |
| 1912 if (i < tempinst->tiargs->dim) | |
| 1913 o1 = (Object *)tempinst->tiargs->data[i]; | |
| 1914 else if (i < tempinst->tdtypes.dim && i < tp->tempinst->tiargs->dim) | |
| 1915 // Pick up default arg | |
| 1916 o1 = (Object *)tempinst->tdtypes.data[i]; | |
| 1917 else | |
| 1918 break; | |
| 1919 | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1920 if (i >= tp->tempinst->tiargs->dim) |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1921 goto Lnomatch; |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1922 |
| 336 | 1923 Object *o2 = (Object *)tp->tempinst->tiargs->data[i]; |
| 1924 | |
| 1925 Type *t1 = isType(o1); | |
| 1926 Type *t2 = isType(o2); | |
| 1927 | |
| 1928 Expression *e1 = isExpression(o1); | |
| 1929 Expression *e2 = isExpression(o2); | |
| 1930 | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
1931 Dsymbol *s1 = isDsymbol(o1); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
1932 Dsymbol *s2 = isDsymbol(o2); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
1933 |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
1934 Tuple *v1 = isTuple(o1); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
1935 Tuple *v2 = isTuple(o2); |
| 336 | 1936 #if 0 |
| 1937 if (t1) printf("t1 = %s\n", t1->toChars()); | |
| 1938 if (t2) printf("t2 = %s\n", t2->toChars()); | |
| 1939 if (e1) printf("e1 = %s\n", e1->toChars()); | |
| 1940 if (e2) printf("e2 = %s\n", e2->toChars()); | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
1941 if (s1) printf("s1 = %s\n", s1->toChars()); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
1942 if (s2) printf("s2 = %s\n", s2->toChars()); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
1943 if (v1) printf("v1 = %s\n", v1->toChars()); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
1944 if (v2) printf("v2 = %s\n", v2->toChars()); |
| 336 | 1945 #endif |
| 1946 | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1947 TemplateTupleParameter *ttp; |
| 1587 | 1948 int j; |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1949 if (t2 && |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1950 t2->ty == Tident && |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1951 i == tp->tempinst->tiargs->dim - 1 && |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1952 i == tempinst->tempdecl->parameters->dim - 1 && |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1953 (ttp = tempinst->tempdecl->isVariadic()) != NULL) |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1954 { |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1955 /* Given: |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1956 * struct A(B...) {} |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1957 * alias A!(int, float) X; |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1958 * static if (!is(X Y == A!(Z), Z)) |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1959 * deduce that Z is a tuple(int, float) |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1960 */ |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1961 |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1962 j = templateParameterLookup(t2, parameters); |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1963 if (j == -1) |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1964 goto Lnomatch; |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1965 |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1966 /* Create tuple from remaining args |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1967 */ |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1968 Tuple *vt = new Tuple(); |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1969 int vtdim = tempinst->tiargs->dim - i; |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1970 vt->objects.setDim(vtdim); |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1971 for (size_t k = 0; k < vtdim; k++) |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1972 vt->objects.data[k] = (void *)tempinst->tiargs->data[i + k]; |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1973 |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1974 Tuple *v = (Tuple *)dedtypes->data[j]; |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1975 if (v) |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1976 { |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1977 if (!match(v, vt, tempinst->tempdecl, sc)) |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1978 goto Lnomatch; |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1979 } |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1980 else |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1981 dedtypes->data[j] = vt; |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1982 break; //return MATCHexact; |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1983 } |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1984 |
| 336 | 1985 if (t1 && t2) |
| 1986 { | |
| 1987 if (!t1->deduceType(sc, t2, parameters, dedtypes)) | |
| 1988 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 1989 } | |
| 1990 else if (e1 && e2) | |
| 1991 { | |
| 1992 if (!e1->equals(e2)) | |
| 1993 { if (e2->op == TOKvar) | |
| 1994 { | |
| 1995 /* | |
| 1996 * (T:Number!(e2), int e2) | |
| 1997 */ | |
| 1998 j = templateIdentifierLookup(((VarExp *)e2)->var->ident, parameters); | |
| 1999 goto L1; | |
| 2000 } | |
| 2001 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 2002 } | |
| 2003 } | |
| 2004 else if (e1 && t2 && t2->ty == Tident) | |
| 2005 { | |
| 2006 j = templateParameterLookup(t2, parameters); | |
| 2007 L1: | |
| 2008 if (j == -1) | |
| 2009 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 2010 TemplateParameter *tp = (TemplateParameter *)parameters->data[j]; | |
| 2011 // BUG: use tp->matchArg() instead of the following | |
| 2012 TemplateValueParameter *tv = tp->isTemplateValueParameter(); | |
| 2013 if (!tv) | |
| 2014 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 2015 Expression *e = (Expression *)dedtypes->data[j]; | |
| 2016 if (e) | |
| 2017 { | |
| 2018 if (!e1->equals(e)) | |
| 2019 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 2020 } | |
| 2021 else | |
| 2022 { Type *vt = tv->valType->semantic(0, sc); | |
| 2023 MATCH m = (MATCH)e1->implicitConvTo(vt); | |
| 2024 if (!m) | |
| 2025 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 2026 dedtypes->data[j] = e1; | |
| 2027 } | |
| 2028 } | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2029 else if (s1 && t2 && t2->ty == Tident) |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2030 { |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2031 j = templateParameterLookup(t2, parameters); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2032 if (j == -1) |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2033 goto Lnomatch; |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2034 TemplateParameter *tp = (TemplateParameter *)parameters->data[j]; |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2035 // BUG: use tp->matchArg() instead of the following |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2036 TemplateAliasParameter *ta = tp->isTemplateAliasParameter(); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2037 if (!ta) |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2038 goto Lnomatch; |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2039 Dsymbol *s = (Dsymbol *)dedtypes->data[j]; |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2040 if (s) |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2041 { |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2042 if (!s1->equals(s)) |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2043 goto Lnomatch; |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2044 } |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2045 else |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2046 { |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2047 dedtypes->data[j] = s1; |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2048 } |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2049 } |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2050 else if (s1 && s2) |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2051 { |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2052 if (!s1->equals(s2)) |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2053 goto Lnomatch; |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2054 } |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2055 // BUG: Need to handle tuple parameters |
| 336 | 2056 else |
| 2057 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 2058 } | |
| 2059 } | |
| 2060 return Type::deduceType(sc, tparam, parameters, dedtypes); | |
| 2061 | |
| 2062 Lnomatch: | |
| 2063 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 2064 } | |
| 2065 | |
| 2066 MATCH TypeStruct::deduceType(Scope *sc, Type *tparam, TemplateParameters *parameters, Objects *dedtypes) | |
| 2067 { | |
| 2068 //printf("TypeStruct::deduceType()\n"); | |
| 2069 //printf("\tthis->parent = %s, ", sym->parent->toChars()); print(); | |
| 2070 //printf("\ttparam = %d, ", tparam->ty); tparam->print(); | |
| 2071 | |
| 2072 /* If this struct is a template struct, and we're matching | |
| 2073 * it against a template instance, convert the struct type | |
| 2074 * to a template instance, too, and try again. | |
| 2075 */ | |
| 2076 TemplateInstance *ti = sym->parent->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 2077 | |
| 2078 if (tparam && tparam->ty == Tinstance) | |
| 2079 { | |
| 2080 if (ti && ti->toAlias() == sym) | |
| 2081 { | |
| 2082 TypeInstance *t = new TypeInstance(0, ti); | |
| 2083 return t->deduceType(sc, tparam, parameters, dedtypes); | |
| 2084 } | |
| 2085 | |
| 2086 /* Match things like: | |
| 2087 * S!(T).foo | |
| 2088 */ | |
| 2089 TypeInstance *tpi = (TypeInstance *)tparam; | |
| 2090 if (tpi->idents.dim) | |
| 2091 { Identifier *id = (Identifier *)tpi->idents.data[tpi->idents.dim - 1]; | |
| 2092 if (id->dyncast() == DYNCAST_IDENTIFIER && sym->ident->equals(id)) | |
| 2093 { | |
| 2094 Type *tparent = sym->parent->getType(); | |
| 2095 if (tparent) | |
| 2096 { | |
| 2097 /* Slice off the .foo in S!(T).foo | |
| 2098 */ | |
| 2099 tpi->idents.dim--; | |
| 2100 MATCH m = tparent->deduceType(sc, tpi, parameters, dedtypes); | |
| 2101 tpi->idents.dim++; | |
| 2102 return m; | |
| 2103 } | |
| 2104 } | |
| 2105 } | |
| 2106 } | |
| 2107 | |
| 2108 // Extra check | |
| 2109 if (tparam && tparam->ty == Tstruct) | |
| 2110 { | |
| 2111 TypeStruct *tp = (TypeStruct *)tparam; | |
| 2112 | |
| 2113 if (sym != tp->sym) | |
| 2114 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 2115 } | |
| 2116 return Type::deduceType(sc, tparam, parameters, dedtypes); | |
| 2117 } | |
| 2118 | |
| 2119 MATCH TypeEnum::deduceType(Scope *sc, Type *tparam, TemplateParameters *parameters, Objects *dedtypes) | |
| 2120 { | |
| 2121 // Extra check | |
| 2122 if (tparam && tparam->ty == Tenum) | |
| 2123 { | |
| 2124 TypeEnum *tp = (TypeEnum *)tparam; | |
| 2125 | |
| 2126 if (sym != tp->sym) | |
| 2127 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 2128 } | |
| 2129 return Type::deduceType(sc, tparam, parameters, dedtypes); | |
| 2130 } | |
| 2131 | |
| 2132 MATCH TypeTypedef::deduceType(Scope *sc, Type *tparam, TemplateParameters *parameters, Objects *dedtypes) | |
| 2133 { | |
| 2134 // Extra check | |
| 2135 if (tparam && tparam->ty == Ttypedef) | |
| 2136 { | |
| 2137 TypeTypedef *tp = (TypeTypedef *)tparam; | |
| 2138 | |
| 2139 if (sym != tp->sym) | |
| 2140 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 2141 } | |
| 2142 return Type::deduceType(sc, tparam, parameters, dedtypes); | |
| 2143 } | |
| 2144 | |
| 2145 MATCH TypeClass::deduceType(Scope *sc, Type *tparam, TemplateParameters *parameters, Objects *dedtypes) | |
| 2146 { | |
| 2147 //printf("TypeClass::deduceType(this = %s)\n", toChars()); | |
| 2148 | |
| 2149 /* If this class is a template class, and we're matching | |
| 2150 * it against a template instance, convert the class type | |
| 2151 * to a template instance, too, and try again. | |
| 2152 */ | |
| 2153 TemplateInstance *ti = sym->parent->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 2154 | |
| 2155 if (tparam && tparam->ty == Tinstance) | |
| 2156 { | |
| 2157 if (ti && ti->toAlias() == sym) | |
| 2158 { | |
| 2159 TypeInstance *t = new TypeInstance(0, ti); | |
| 2160 return t->deduceType(sc, tparam, parameters, dedtypes); | |
| 2161 } | |
| 2162 | |
| 2163 /* Match things like: | |
| 2164 * S!(T).foo | |
| 2165 */ | |
| 2166 TypeInstance *tpi = (TypeInstance *)tparam; | |
| 2167 if (tpi->idents.dim) | |
| 2168 { Identifier *id = (Identifier *)tpi->idents.data[tpi->idents.dim - 1]; | |
| 2169 if (id->dyncast() == DYNCAST_IDENTIFIER && sym->ident->equals(id)) | |
| 2170 { | |
| 2171 Type *tparent = sym->parent->getType(); | |
| 2172 if (tparent) | |
| 2173 { | |
| 2174 /* Slice off the .foo in S!(T).foo | |
| 2175 */ | |
| 2176 tpi->idents.dim--; | |
| 2177 MATCH m = tparent->deduceType(sc, tpi, parameters, dedtypes); | |
| 2178 tpi->idents.dim++; | |
| 2179 return m; | |
| 2180 } | |
| 2181 } | |
| 2182 } | |
| 2183 } | |
| 2184 | |
| 2185 // Extra check | |
| 2186 if (tparam && tparam->ty == Tclass) | |
| 2187 { | |
| 2188 TypeClass *tp = (TypeClass *)tparam; | |
| 2189 | |
| 2190 //printf("\t%d\n", (MATCH) implicitConvTo(tp)); | |
| 2191 return (MATCH) implicitConvTo(tp); | |
| 2192 } | |
| 2193 return Type::deduceType(sc, tparam, parameters, dedtypes); | |
| 2194 } | |
| 2195 | |
| 2196 /* ======================== TemplateParameter =============================== */ | |
| 2197 | |
| 2198 TemplateParameter::TemplateParameter(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 2199 { | |
| 2200 this->loc = loc; | |
| 2201 this->ident = ident; | |
| 2202 this->sparam = NULL; | |
| 2203 } | |
| 2204 | |
| 2205 TemplateTypeParameter *TemplateParameter::isTemplateTypeParameter() | |
| 2206 { | |
| 2207 return NULL; | |
| 2208 } | |
| 2209 | |
| 2210 TemplateValueParameter *TemplateParameter::isTemplateValueParameter() | |
| 2211 { | |
| 2212 return NULL; | |
| 2213 } | |
| 2214 | |
| 2215 TemplateAliasParameter *TemplateParameter::isTemplateAliasParameter() | |
| 2216 { | |
| 2217 return NULL; | |
| 2218 } | |
| 2219 | |
| 2220 TemplateTupleParameter *TemplateParameter::isTemplateTupleParameter() | |
| 2221 { | |
| 2222 return NULL; | |
| 2223 } | |
| 2224 | |
| 2225 #if DMDV2 | |
| 2226 TemplateThisParameter *TemplateParameter::isTemplateThisParameter() | |
| 2227 { | |
| 2228 return NULL; | |
| 2229 } | |
| 2230 #endif | |
| 2231 | |
| 2232 /* ======================== TemplateTypeParameter =========================== */ | |
| 2233 | |
| 2234 // type-parameter | |
| 2235 | |
| 2236 TemplateTypeParameter::TemplateTypeParameter(Loc loc, Identifier *ident, Type *specType, | |
| 2237 Type *defaultType) | |
| 2238 : TemplateParameter(loc, ident) | |
| 2239 { | |
| 2240 this->ident = ident; | |
| 2241 this->specType = specType; | |
| 2242 this->defaultType = defaultType; | |
| 2243 } | |
| 2244 | |
| 2245 TemplateTypeParameter *TemplateTypeParameter::isTemplateTypeParameter() | |
| 2246 { | |
| 2247 return this; | |
| 2248 } | |
| 2249 | |
| 2250 TemplateParameter *TemplateTypeParameter::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2251 { | |
| 2252 TemplateTypeParameter *tp = new TemplateTypeParameter(loc, ident, specType, defaultType); | |
| 2253 if (tp->specType) | |
| 2254 tp->specType = specType->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2255 if (defaultType) | |
| 2256 tp->defaultType = defaultType->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2257 return tp; | |
| 2258 } | |
| 2259 | |
| 2260 void TemplateTypeParameter::declareParameter(Scope *sc) | |
| 2261 { | |
| 2262 //printf("TemplateTypeParameter::declareParameter('%s')\n", ident->toChars()); | |
| 2263 TypeIdentifier *ti = new TypeIdentifier(loc, ident); | |
| 2264 sparam = new AliasDeclaration(loc, ident, ti); | |
| 2265 if (!sc->insert(sparam)) | |
| 2266 error(loc, "parameter '%s' multiply defined", ident->toChars()); | |
| 2267 } | |
| 2268 | |
| 2269 void TemplateTypeParameter::semantic(Scope *sc) | |
| 2270 { | |
| 2271 //printf("TemplateTypeParameter::semantic('%s')\n", ident->toChars()); | |
| 2272 if (specType) | |
| 2273 { | |
| 2274 specType = specType->semantic(loc, sc); | |
| 2275 } | |
| 2276 #if 0 // Don't do semantic() until instantiation | |
| 2277 if (defaultType) | |
| 2278 { | |
| 2279 defaultType = defaultType->semantic(loc, sc); | |
| 2280 } | |
| 2281 #endif | |
| 2282 } | |
| 2283 | |
| 2284 /**************************************** | |
| 2285 * Determine if two TemplateParameters are the same | |
| 2286 * as far as TemplateDeclaration overloading goes. | |
| 2287 * Returns: | |
| 2288 * 1 match | |
| 2289 * 0 no match | |
| 2290 */ | |
| 2291 | |
| 2292 int TemplateTypeParameter::overloadMatch(TemplateParameter *tp) | |
| 2293 { | |
| 2294 TemplateTypeParameter *ttp = tp->isTemplateTypeParameter(); | |
| 2295 | |
| 2296 if (ttp) | |
| 2297 { | |
| 2298 if (specType != ttp->specType) | |
| 2299 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 2300 | |
| 2301 if (specType && !specType->equals(ttp->specType)) | |
| 2302 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 2303 | |
| 2304 return 1; // match | |
| 2305 } | |
| 2306 | |
| 2307 Lnomatch: | |
| 2308 return 0; | |
| 2309 } | |
| 2310 | |
| 2311 /******************************************* | |
| 2312 * Match to a particular TemplateParameter. | |
| 2313 * Input: | |
| 2314 * i i'th argument | |
| 2315 * tiargs[] actual arguments to template instance | |
| 2316 * parameters[] template parameters | |
| 2317 * dedtypes[] deduced arguments to template instance | |
| 2318 * *psparam set to symbol declared and initialized to dedtypes[i] | |
| 2319 */ | |
| 2320 | |
| 2321 MATCH TemplateTypeParameter::matchArg(Scope *sc, Objects *tiargs, | |
| 2322 int i, TemplateParameters *parameters, Objects *dedtypes, | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2323 Declaration **psparam, int flags) |
| 336 | 2324 { |
| 2325 //printf("TemplateTypeParameter::matchArg()\n"); | |
| 2326 Type *t; | |
| 2327 Object *oarg; | |
| 2328 MATCH m = MATCHexact; | |
| 2329 Type *ta; | |
| 2330 | |
| 2331 if (i < tiargs->dim) | |
| 2332 oarg = (Object *)tiargs->data[i]; | |
| 2333 else | |
| 2334 { // Get default argument instead | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2335 oarg = defaultArg(loc, sc); |
| 336 | 2336 if (!oarg) |
| 2337 { assert(i < dedtypes->dim); | |
| 2338 // It might have already been deduced | |
| 2339 oarg = (Object *)dedtypes->data[i]; | |
| 2340 if (!oarg) | |
| 2341 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 2342 } | |
| 2343 } | |
| 2344 | |
| 2345 ta = isType(oarg); | |
| 2346 if (!ta) | |
| 2347 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 2348 //printf("ta is %s\n", ta->toChars()); | |
| 2349 | |
| 2350 t = (Type *)dedtypes->data[i]; | |
| 2351 | |
| 2352 if (specType) | |
| 2353 { | |
| 2354 //printf("\tcalling deduceType(): ta is %s, specType is %s\n", ta->toChars(), specType->toChars()); | |
| 2355 MATCH m2 = ta->deduceType(sc, specType, parameters, dedtypes); | |
| 2356 if (m2 == MATCHnomatch) | |
| 2357 { //printf("\tfailed deduceType\n"); | |
| 2358 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 2359 } | |
| 2360 | |
| 2361 if (m2 < m) | |
| 2362 m = m2; | |
| 2363 t = (Type *)dedtypes->data[i]; | |
| 2364 } | |
| 2365 else | |
| 2366 { | |
| 2367 // So that matches with specializations are better | |
| 2368 m = MATCHconvert; | |
| 2369 if (t) | |
| 2370 { // Must match already deduced type | |
| 2371 | |
| 2372 m = MATCHexact; | |
| 2373 if (!t->equals(ta)) | |
| 2374 { //printf("t = %s ta = %s\n", t->toChars(), ta->toChars()); | |
| 2375 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 2376 } | |
| 2377 } | |
| 2378 } | |
| 2379 | |
| 2380 if (!t) | |
| 2381 { | |
| 2382 dedtypes->data[i] = ta; | |
| 2383 t = ta; | |
| 2384 } | |
| 2385 *psparam = new AliasDeclaration(loc, ident, t); | |
| 2386 //printf("\tm = %d\n", m); | |
| 2387 return m; | |
| 2388 | |
| 2389 Lnomatch: | |
| 2390 *psparam = NULL; | |
| 2391 //printf("\tm = %d\n", MATCHnomatch); | |
| 2392 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 2393 } | |
| 2394 | |
| 2395 | |
| 2396 void TemplateTypeParameter::print(Object *oarg, Object *oded) | |
| 2397 { | |
| 2398 printf(" %s\n", ident->toChars()); | |
| 2399 | |
| 2400 Type *t = isType(oarg); | |
| 2401 Type *ta = isType(oded); | |
| 2402 | |
| 2403 assert(ta); | |
| 2404 | |
| 2405 if (specType) | |
| 2406 printf("\tSpecialization: %s\n", specType->toChars()); | |
| 2407 if (defaultType) | |
| 2408 printf("\tDefault: %s\n", defaultType->toChars()); | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2409 printf("\tParameter: %s\n", t ? t->toChars() : "NULL"); |
| 336 | 2410 printf("\tDeduced Type: %s\n", ta->toChars()); |
| 2411 } | |
| 2412 | |
| 2413 | |
| 2414 void TemplateTypeParameter::toCBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs) | |
| 2415 { | |
| 2416 buf->writestring(ident->toChars()); | |
| 2417 if (specType) | |
| 2418 { | |
| 2419 buf->writestring(" : "); | |
| 2420 specType->toCBuffer(buf, NULL, hgs); | |
| 2421 } | |
| 2422 if (defaultType) | |
| 2423 { | |
| 2424 buf->writestring(" = "); | |
| 2425 defaultType->toCBuffer(buf, NULL, hgs); | |
| 2426 } | |
| 2427 } | |
| 2428 | |
| 2429 | |
| 2430 void *TemplateTypeParameter::dummyArg() | |
| 2431 { Type *t; | |
| 2432 | |
| 2433 if (specType) | |
| 2434 t = specType; | |
| 2435 else | |
| 2436 { // Use this for alias-parameter's too (?) | |
| 2437 t = new TypeIdentifier(loc, ident); | |
| 2438 } | |
| 2439 return (void *)t; | |
| 2440 } | |
| 2441 | |
| 2442 | |
| 2443 Object *TemplateTypeParameter::specialization() | |
| 2444 { | |
| 2445 return specType; | |
| 2446 } | |
| 2447 | |
| 2448 | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2449 Object *TemplateTypeParameter::defaultArg(Loc loc, Scope *sc) |
| 336 | 2450 { |
| 2451 Type *t; | |
| 2452 | |
| 2453 t = defaultType; | |
| 2454 if (t) | |
| 2455 { | |
| 2456 t = t->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2457 t = t->semantic(loc, sc); | |
| 2458 } | |
| 2459 return t; | |
| 2460 } | |
| 2461 | |
| 2462 /* ======================== TemplateThisParameter =========================== */ | |
| 2463 | |
| 2464 #if DMDV2 | |
| 2465 // this-parameter | |
| 2466 | |
| 2467 TemplateThisParameter::TemplateThisParameter(Loc loc, Identifier *ident, | |
| 2468 Type *specType, | |
| 2469 Type *defaultType) | |
| 2470 : TemplateTypeParameter(loc, ident, specType, defaultType) | |
| 2471 { | |
| 2472 } | |
| 2473 | |
| 2474 TemplateThisParameter *TemplateThisParameter::isTemplateThisParameter() | |
| 2475 { | |
| 2476 return this; | |
| 2477 } | |
| 2478 | |
| 2479 TemplateParameter *TemplateThisParameter::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2480 { | |
| 2481 TemplateThisParameter *tp = new TemplateThisParameter(loc, ident, specType, defaultType); | |
| 2482 if (tp->specType) | |
| 2483 tp->specType = specType->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2484 if (defaultType) | |
| 2485 tp->defaultType = defaultType->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2486 return tp; | |
| 2487 } | |
| 2488 | |
| 2489 void TemplateThisParameter::toCBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs) | |
| 2490 { | |
| 2491 buf->writestring("this "); | |
| 2492 TemplateTypeParameter::toCBuffer(buf, hgs); | |
| 2493 } | |
| 2494 #endif | |
| 2495 | |
| 2496 /* ======================== TemplateAliasParameter ========================== */ | |
| 2497 | |
| 2498 // alias-parameter | |
| 2499 | |
| 2500 Dsymbol *TemplateAliasParameter::sdummy = NULL; | |
| 2501 | |
| 2502 TemplateAliasParameter::TemplateAliasParameter(Loc loc, Identifier *ident, Type *specAliasT, Type *defaultAlias) | |
| 2503 : TemplateParameter(loc, ident) | |
| 2504 { | |
| 2505 this->ident = ident; | |
| 2506 this->specAliasT = specAliasT; | |
| 2507 this->defaultAlias = defaultAlias; | |
| 2508 | |
| 2509 this->specAlias = NULL; | |
| 2510 } | |
| 2511 | |
| 2512 TemplateAliasParameter *TemplateAliasParameter::isTemplateAliasParameter() | |
| 2513 { | |
| 2514 return this; | |
| 2515 } | |
| 2516 | |
| 2517 TemplateParameter *TemplateAliasParameter::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2518 { | |
| 2519 TemplateAliasParameter *tp = new TemplateAliasParameter(loc, ident, specAliasT, defaultAlias); | |
| 2520 if (tp->specAliasT) | |
| 2521 tp->specAliasT = specAliasT->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2522 if (defaultAlias) | |
| 2523 tp->defaultAlias = defaultAlias->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2524 return tp; | |
| 2525 } | |
| 2526 | |
| 2527 void TemplateAliasParameter::declareParameter(Scope *sc) | |
| 2528 { | |
| 2529 TypeIdentifier *ti = new TypeIdentifier(loc, ident); | |
| 2530 sparam = new AliasDeclaration(loc, ident, ti); | |
| 2531 if (!sc->insert(sparam)) | |
| 2532 error(loc, "parameter '%s' multiply defined", ident->toChars()); | |
| 2533 } | |
| 2534 | |
| 2535 void TemplateAliasParameter::semantic(Scope *sc) | |
| 2536 { | |
| 2537 if (specAliasT) | |
| 2538 { | |
| 2539 specAlias = specAliasT->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 2540 if (!specAlias) | |
| 2541 error(loc, "%s is not a symbol", specAliasT->toChars()); | |
| 2542 } | |
| 2543 #if 0 // Don't do semantic() until instantiation | |
| 2544 if (defaultAlias) | |
| 2545 defaultAlias = defaultAlias->semantic(loc, sc); | |
| 2546 #endif | |
| 2547 } | |
| 2548 | |
| 2549 int TemplateAliasParameter::overloadMatch(TemplateParameter *tp) | |
| 2550 { | |
| 2551 TemplateAliasParameter *tap = tp->isTemplateAliasParameter(); | |
| 2552 | |
| 2553 if (tap) | |
| 2554 { | |
| 2555 if (specAlias != tap->specAlias) | |
| 2556 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 2557 | |
| 2558 return 1; // match | |
| 2559 } | |
| 2560 | |
| 2561 Lnomatch: | |
| 2562 return 0; | |
| 2563 } | |
| 2564 | |
| 2565 MATCH TemplateAliasParameter::matchArg(Scope *sc, | |
| 2566 Objects *tiargs, int i, TemplateParameters *parameters, Objects *dedtypes, | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2567 Declaration **psparam, int flags) |
| 336 | 2568 { |
| 2569 Dsymbol *sa; | |
| 2570 Object *oarg; | |
| 2571 Expression *ea; | |
| 2572 | |
| 2573 //printf("TemplateAliasParameter::matchArg()\n"); | |
| 2574 | |
| 2575 if (i < tiargs->dim) | |
| 2576 oarg = (Object *)tiargs->data[i]; | |
| 2577 else | |
| 2578 { // Get default argument instead | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2579 oarg = defaultArg(loc, sc); |
| 336 | 2580 if (!oarg) |
| 2581 { assert(i < dedtypes->dim); | |
| 2582 // It might have already been deduced | |
| 2583 oarg = (Object *)dedtypes->data[i]; | |
| 2584 if (!oarg) | |
| 2585 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 2586 } | |
| 2587 } | |
| 2588 | |
| 2589 sa = getDsymbol(oarg); | |
| 2590 if (!sa) | |
| 2591 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 2592 | |
| 2593 if (specAlias) | |
| 2594 { | |
| 2595 if (!sa || sa == sdummy) | |
| 2596 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 2597 if (sa != specAlias) | |
| 2598 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 2599 } | |
| 2600 else if (dedtypes->data[i]) | |
| 2601 { // Must match already deduced symbol | |
| 2602 Dsymbol *s = (Dsymbol *)dedtypes->data[i]; | |
| 2603 | |
| 2604 if (!sa || s != sa) | |
| 2605 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 2606 } | |
| 2607 dedtypes->data[i] = sa; | |
| 2608 | |
| 2609 *psparam = new AliasDeclaration(loc, ident, sa); | |
| 2610 return MATCHexact; | |
| 2611 | |
| 2612 Lnomatch: | |
| 2613 *psparam = NULL; | |
| 2614 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 2615 } | |
| 2616 | |
| 2617 | |
| 2618 void TemplateAliasParameter::print(Object *oarg, Object *oded) | |
| 2619 { | |
| 2620 printf(" %s\n", ident->toChars()); | |
| 2621 | |
| 2622 Dsymbol *sa = isDsymbol(oded); | |
| 2623 assert(sa); | |
| 2624 | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2625 printf("\tParameter alias: %s\n", sa->toChars()); |
| 336 | 2626 } |
| 2627 | |
| 2628 void TemplateAliasParameter::toCBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs) | |
| 2629 { | |
| 2630 buf->writestring("alias "); | |
| 2631 buf->writestring(ident->toChars()); | |
| 2632 if (specAliasT) | |
| 2633 { | |
| 2634 buf->writestring(" : "); | |
| 2635 specAliasT->toCBuffer(buf, NULL, hgs); | |
| 2636 } | |
| 2637 if (defaultAlias) | |
| 2638 { | |
| 2639 buf->writestring(" = "); | |
| 2640 defaultAlias->toCBuffer(buf, NULL, hgs); | |
| 2641 } | |
| 2642 } | |
| 2643 | |
| 2644 | |
| 2645 void *TemplateAliasParameter::dummyArg() | |
| 2646 { Dsymbol *s; | |
| 2647 | |
| 2648 s = specAlias; | |
| 2649 if (!s) | |
| 2650 { | |
| 2651 if (!sdummy) | |
| 2652 sdummy = new Dsymbol(); | |
| 2653 s = sdummy; | |
| 2654 } | |
| 2655 return (void*)s; | |
| 2656 } | |
| 2657 | |
| 2658 | |
| 2659 Object *TemplateAliasParameter::specialization() | |
| 2660 { | |
| 2661 return specAliasT; | |
| 2662 } | |
| 2663 | |
| 2664 | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2665 Object *TemplateAliasParameter::defaultArg(Loc loc, Scope *sc) |
| 336 | 2666 { |
| 2667 Dsymbol *s = NULL; | |
| 2668 | |
| 2669 if (defaultAlias) | |
| 2670 { | |
| 2671 s = defaultAlias->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 2672 if (!s) | |
| 2673 error("%s is not a symbol", defaultAlias->toChars()); | |
| 2674 } | |
| 2675 return s; | |
| 2676 } | |
| 2677 | |
| 2678 /* ======================== TemplateValueParameter ========================== */ | |
| 2679 | |
| 2680 // value-parameter | |
| 2681 | |
| 2682 Expression *TemplateValueParameter::edummy = NULL; | |
| 2683 | |
| 2684 TemplateValueParameter::TemplateValueParameter(Loc loc, Identifier *ident, Type *valType, | |
| 2685 Expression *specValue, Expression *defaultValue) | |
| 2686 : TemplateParameter(loc, ident) | |
| 2687 { | |
| 2688 this->ident = ident; | |
| 2689 this->valType = valType; | |
| 2690 this->specValue = specValue; | |
| 2691 this->defaultValue = defaultValue; | |
| 2692 } | |
| 2693 | |
| 2694 TemplateValueParameter *TemplateValueParameter::isTemplateValueParameter() | |
| 2695 { | |
| 2696 return this; | |
| 2697 } | |
| 2698 | |
| 2699 TemplateParameter *TemplateValueParameter::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2700 { | |
| 2701 TemplateValueParameter *tp = | |
| 2702 new TemplateValueParameter(loc, ident, valType, specValue, defaultValue); | |
| 2703 tp->valType = valType->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2704 if (specValue) | |
| 2705 tp->specValue = specValue->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2706 if (defaultValue) | |
| 2707 tp->defaultValue = defaultValue->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2708 return tp; | |
| 2709 } | |
| 2710 | |
| 2711 void TemplateValueParameter::declareParameter(Scope *sc) | |
| 2712 { | |
| 2713 VarDeclaration *v = new VarDeclaration(loc, valType, ident, NULL); | |
| 2714 v->storage_class = STCtemplateparameter; | |
| 2715 if (!sc->insert(v)) | |
| 2716 error(loc, "parameter '%s' multiply defined", ident->toChars()); | |
| 2717 sparam = v; | |
| 2718 } | |
| 2719 | |
| 2720 void TemplateValueParameter::semantic(Scope *sc) | |
| 2721 { | |
| 2722 sparam->semantic(sc); | |
| 2723 valType = valType->semantic(loc, sc); | |
| 2724 if (!(valType->isintegral() || valType->isfloating() || valType->isString()) && | |
| 2725 valType->ty != Tident) | |
| 2726 error(loc, "arithmetic/string type expected for value-parameter, not %s", valType->toChars()); | |
| 2727 | |
| 2728 if (specValue) | |
| 2729 { Expression *e = specValue; | |
| 2730 | |
| 2731 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 2732 e = e->implicitCastTo(sc, valType); | |
| 2733 e = e->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
| 2734 if (e->op == TOKint64 || e->op == TOKfloat64 || | |
| 2735 e->op == TOKcomplex80 || e->op == TOKnull || e->op == TOKstring) | |
| 2736 specValue = e; | |
| 2737 //e->toInteger(); | |
| 2738 } | |
| 2739 | |
| 2740 #if 0 // defer semantic analysis to arg match | |
| 2741 if (defaultValue) | |
| 2742 { Expression *e = defaultValue; | |
| 2743 | |
| 2744 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 2745 e = e->implicitCastTo(sc, valType); | |
| 2746 e = e->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
| 2747 if (e->op == TOKint64) | |
| 2748 defaultValue = e; | |
| 2749 //e->toInteger(); | |
| 2750 } | |
| 2751 #endif | |
| 2752 } | |
| 2753 | |
| 2754 int TemplateValueParameter::overloadMatch(TemplateParameter *tp) | |
| 2755 { | |
| 2756 TemplateValueParameter *tvp = tp->isTemplateValueParameter(); | |
| 2757 | |
| 2758 if (tvp) | |
| 2759 { | |
| 2760 if (valType != tvp->valType) | |
| 2761 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 2762 | |
| 2763 if (valType && !valType->equals(tvp->valType)) | |
| 2764 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 2765 | |
| 2766 if (specValue != tvp->specValue) | |
| 2767 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 2768 | |
| 2769 return 1; // match | |
| 2770 } | |
| 2771 | |
| 2772 Lnomatch: | |
| 2773 return 0; | |
| 2774 } | |
| 2775 | |
| 2776 | |
| 2777 MATCH TemplateValueParameter::matchArg(Scope *sc, | |
| 2778 Objects *tiargs, int i, TemplateParameters *parameters, Objects *dedtypes, | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2779 Declaration **psparam, int flags) |
| 336 | 2780 { |
| 2781 //printf("TemplateValueParameter::matchArg()\n"); | |
| 2782 | |
| 2783 Initializer *init; | |
| 2784 Declaration *sparam; | |
| 2785 MATCH m = MATCHexact; | |
| 2786 Expression *ei; | |
| 2787 Object *oarg; | |
| 2788 | |
| 2789 if (i < tiargs->dim) | |
| 2790 oarg = (Object *)tiargs->data[i]; | |
| 2791 else | |
| 2792 { // Get default argument instead | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2793 oarg = defaultArg(loc, sc); |
| 336 | 2794 if (!oarg) |
| 2795 { assert(i < dedtypes->dim); | |
| 2796 // It might have already been deduced | |
| 2797 oarg = (Object *)dedtypes->data[i]; | |
| 2798 if (!oarg) | |
| 2799 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 2800 } | |
| 2801 } | |
| 2802 | |
| 2803 ei = isExpression(oarg); | |
| 2804 Type *vt; | |
| 2805 | |
| 2806 if (!ei && oarg) | |
| 2807 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 2808 | |
| 2809 if (specValue) | |
| 2810 { | |
| 2811 if (!ei || ei == edummy) | |
| 2812 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 2813 | |
| 2814 Expression *e = specValue; | |
| 2815 | |
| 2816 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 2817 e = e->implicitCastTo(sc, valType); | |
| 2818 e = e->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
| 2819 | |
| 2820 ei = ei->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2821 ei = ei->semantic(sc); | |
| 2822 ei = ei->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
| 2823 //printf("ei: %s, %s\n", ei->toChars(), ei->type->toChars()); | |
| 2824 //printf("e : %s, %s\n", e->toChars(), e->type->toChars()); | |
| 2825 if (!ei->equals(e)) | |
| 2826 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 2827 } | |
| 2828 else if (dedtypes->data[i]) | |
| 2829 { // Must match already deduced value | |
| 2830 Expression *e = (Expression *)dedtypes->data[i]; | |
| 2831 | |
| 2832 if (!ei || !ei->equals(e)) | |
| 2833 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 2834 } | |
| 2835 Lmatch: | |
| 2836 //printf("valType: %s, ty = %d\n", valType->toChars(), valType->ty); | |
| 2837 vt = valType->semantic(0, sc); | |
| 2838 //printf("ei: %s, %s\n", ei->toChars(), ei->type->toChars()); | |
| 2839 if (ei->type) | |
| 2840 { | |
| 2841 m = (MATCH)ei->implicitConvTo(vt); | |
| 2842 //printf("m: %d\n", m); | |
| 2843 if (!m) | |
| 2844 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 2845 } | |
| 2846 dedtypes->data[i] = ei; | |
| 2847 | |
| 2848 init = new ExpInitializer(loc, ei); | |
| 2849 sparam = new VarDeclaration(loc, vt, ident, init); | |
| 2850 sparam->storage_class = STCconst; | |
| 2851 *psparam = sparam; | |
| 2852 return m; | |
| 2853 | |
| 2854 Lnomatch: | |
| 2855 //printf("\tno match\n"); | |
| 2856 *psparam = NULL; | |
| 2857 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 2858 } | |
| 2859 | |
| 2860 | |
| 2861 void TemplateValueParameter::print(Object *oarg, Object *oded) | |
| 2862 { | |
| 2863 printf(" %s\n", ident->toChars()); | |
| 2864 | |
| 2865 Expression *ea = isExpression(oded); | |
| 2866 | |
| 2867 if (specValue) | |
| 2868 printf("\tSpecialization: %s\n", specValue->toChars()); | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2869 printf("\tParameter Value: %s\n", ea ? ea->toChars() : "NULL"); |
| 336 | 2870 } |
| 2871 | |
| 2872 | |
| 2873 void TemplateValueParameter::toCBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs) | |
| 2874 { | |
| 2875 valType->toCBuffer(buf, ident, hgs); | |
| 2876 if (specValue) | |
| 2877 { | |
| 2878 buf->writestring(" : "); | |
| 2879 specValue->toCBuffer(buf, hgs); | |
| 2880 } | |
| 2881 if (defaultValue) | |
| 2882 { | |
| 2883 buf->writestring(" = "); | |
| 2884 defaultValue->toCBuffer(buf, hgs); | |
| 2885 } | |
| 2886 } | |
| 2887 | |
| 2888 | |
| 2889 void *TemplateValueParameter::dummyArg() | |
| 2890 { Expression *e; | |
| 2891 | |
| 2892 e = specValue; | |
| 2893 if (!e) | |
| 2894 { | |
| 2895 // Create a dummy value | |
| 2896 if (!edummy) | |
| 2897 edummy = valType->defaultInit(); | |
| 2898 e = edummy; | |
| 2899 } | |
| 2900 return (void *)e; | |
| 2901 } | |
| 2902 | |
| 2903 | |
| 2904 Object *TemplateValueParameter::specialization() | |
| 2905 { | |
| 2906 return specValue; | |
| 2907 } | |
| 2908 | |
| 2909 | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2910 Object *TemplateValueParameter::defaultArg(Loc loc, Scope *sc) |
| 336 | 2911 { |
| 2912 Expression *e = defaultValue; | |
| 2913 if (e) | |
| 2914 { | |
| 2915 e = e->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2916 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 2917 #if DMDV2 | |
| 2918 if (e->op == TOKdefault) | |
| 2919 { DefaultInitExp *de = (DefaultInitExp *)e; | |
| 2920 e = de->resolve(loc, sc); | |
| 2921 } | |
| 2922 #endif | |
| 2923 } | |
| 2924 return e; | |
| 2925 } | |
| 2926 | |
| 2927 /* ======================== TemplateTupleParameter ========================== */ | |
| 2928 | |
| 2929 // variadic-parameter | |
| 2930 | |
| 2931 TemplateTupleParameter::TemplateTupleParameter(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 2932 : TemplateParameter(loc, ident) | |
| 2933 { | |
| 2934 this->ident = ident; | |
| 2935 } | |
| 2936 | |
| 2937 TemplateTupleParameter *TemplateTupleParameter::isTemplateTupleParameter() | |
| 2938 { | |
| 2939 return this; | |
| 2940 } | |
| 2941 | |
| 2942 TemplateParameter *TemplateTupleParameter::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2943 { | |
| 2944 TemplateTupleParameter *tp = new TemplateTupleParameter(loc, ident); | |
| 2945 return tp; | |
| 2946 } | |
| 2947 | |
| 2948 void TemplateTupleParameter::declareParameter(Scope *sc) | |
| 2949 { | |
| 2950 TypeIdentifier *ti = new TypeIdentifier(loc, ident); | |
| 2951 sparam = new AliasDeclaration(loc, ident, ti); | |
| 2952 if (!sc->insert(sparam)) | |
| 2953 error(loc, "parameter '%s' multiply defined", ident->toChars()); | |
| 2954 } | |
| 2955 | |
| 2956 void TemplateTupleParameter::semantic(Scope *sc) | |
| 2957 { | |
| 2958 } | |
| 2959 | |
| 2960 int TemplateTupleParameter::overloadMatch(TemplateParameter *tp) | |
| 2961 { | |
| 2962 TemplateTupleParameter *tvp = tp->isTemplateTupleParameter(); | |
| 2963 | |
| 2964 if (tvp) | |
| 2965 { | |
| 2966 return 1; // match | |
| 2967 } | |
| 2968 | |
| 2969 Lnomatch: | |
| 2970 return 0; | |
| 2971 } | |
| 2972 | |
| 2973 MATCH TemplateTupleParameter::matchArg(Scope *sc, | |
| 2974 Objects *tiargs, int i, TemplateParameters *parameters, | |
| 2975 Objects *dedtypes, | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2976 Declaration **psparam, int flags) |
| 336 | 2977 { |
| 2978 //printf("TemplateTupleParameter::matchArg()\n"); | |
| 2979 | |
| 2980 /* The rest of the actual arguments (tiargs[]) form the match | |
| 2981 * for the variadic parameter. | |
| 2982 */ | |
| 2983 assert(i + 1 == dedtypes->dim); // must be the last one | |
| 2984 Tuple *ovar; | |
| 2985 if (i + 1 == tiargs->dim && isTuple((Object *)tiargs->data[i])) | |
| 2986 ovar = isTuple((Object *)tiargs->data[i]); | |
| 2987 else | |
| 2988 { | |
| 2989 ovar = new Tuple(); | |
| 2990 //printf("ovar = %p\n", ovar); | |
| 2991 if (i < tiargs->dim) | |
| 2992 { | |
| 2993 //printf("i = %d, tiargs->dim = %d\n", i, tiargs->dim); | |
| 2994 ovar->objects.setDim(tiargs->dim - i); | |
| 2995 for (size_t j = 0; j < ovar->objects.dim; j++) | |
| 2996 ovar->objects.data[j] = tiargs->data[i + j]; | |
| 2997 } | |
| 2998 } | |
| 2999 *psparam = new TupleDeclaration(loc, ident, &ovar->objects); | |
| 3000 dedtypes->data[i] = (void *)ovar; | |
| 3001 return MATCHexact; | |
| 3002 } | |
| 3003 | |
| 3004 | |
| 3005 void TemplateTupleParameter::print(Object *oarg, Object *oded) | |
| 3006 { | |
| 3007 printf(" %s... [", ident->toChars()); | |
| 3008 Tuple *v = isTuple(oded); | |
| 3009 assert(v); | |
| 3010 | |
| 3011 //printf("|%d| ", v->objects.dim); | |
| 3012 for (int i = 0; i < v->objects.dim; i++) | |
| 3013 { | |
| 3014 if (i) | |
| 3015 printf(", "); | |
| 3016 | |
| 3017 Object *o = (Object *)v->objects.data[i]; | |
| 3018 | |
| 3019 Dsymbol *sa = isDsymbol(o); | |
| 3020 if (sa) | |
| 3021 printf("alias: %s", sa->toChars()); | |
| 3022 | |
| 3023 Type *ta = isType(o); | |
| 3024 if (ta) | |
| 3025 printf("type: %s", ta->toChars()); | |
| 3026 | |
| 3027 Expression *ea = isExpression(o); | |
| 3028 if (ea) | |
| 3029 printf("exp: %s", ea->toChars()); | |
| 3030 | |
| 3031 assert(!isTuple(o)); // no nested Tuple arguments | |
| 3032 } | |
| 3033 | |
| 3034 printf("]\n"); | |
| 3035 } | |
| 3036 | |
| 3037 void TemplateTupleParameter::toCBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs) | |
| 3038 { | |
| 3039 buf->writestring(ident->toChars()); | |
| 3040 buf->writestring("..."); | |
| 3041 } | |
| 3042 | |
| 3043 | |
| 3044 void *TemplateTupleParameter::dummyArg() | |
| 3045 { | |
| 3046 return NULL; | |
| 3047 } | |
| 3048 | |
| 3049 | |
| 3050 Object *TemplateTupleParameter::specialization() | |
| 3051 { | |
| 3052 return NULL; | |
| 3053 } | |
| 3054 | |
| 3055 | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
3056 Object *TemplateTupleParameter::defaultArg(Loc loc, Scope *sc) |
| 336 | 3057 { |
| 3058 return NULL; | |
| 3059 } | |
| 3060 | |
| 3061 /* ======================== TemplateInstance ================================ */ | |
| 3062 | |
| 3063 TemplateInstance::TemplateInstance(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 3064 : ScopeDsymbol(NULL) | |
| 3065 { | |
| 3066 #if LOG | |
| 3067 printf("TemplateInstance(this = %p, ident = '%s')\n", this, ident ? ident->toChars() : "null"); | |
| 3068 #endif | |
| 3069 this->loc = loc; | |
| 3070 this->name = ident; | |
| 3071 this->tiargs = NULL; | |
| 3072 this->tempdecl = NULL; | |
| 3073 this->inst = NULL; | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
3074 this->tinst = NULL; |
| 336 | 3075 this->argsym = NULL; |
| 3076 this->aliasdecl = NULL; | |
| 1587 | 3077 this->semanticRun = 0; |
| 336 | 3078 this->semantictiargsdone = 0; |
| 3079 this->withsym = NULL; | |
| 3080 this->nest = 0; | |
| 3081 this->havetempdecl = 0; | |
| 3082 this->isnested = NULL; | |
| 3083 this->errors = 0; | |
|
948
780530d1cad3
Revert templates to old behavior.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
946
diff
changeset
|
3084 |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
3085 #if IN_LLVM |
|
948
780530d1cad3
Revert templates to old behavior.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
946
diff
changeset
|
3086 // LDC |
|
1067
7ce8355fbcc6
Improved template emission control for singleobj building.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
948
diff
changeset
|
3087 this->emittedInModule = NULL; |
|
948
780530d1cad3
Revert templates to old behavior.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
946
diff
changeset
|
3088 this->tmodule = NULL; |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
3089 #endif |
| 336 | 3090 } |
| 3091 | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
3092 /***************** |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
3093 * This constructor is only called when we figured out which function |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
3094 * template to instantiate. |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
3095 */ |
| 336 | 3096 |
| 3097 TemplateInstance::TemplateInstance(Loc loc, TemplateDeclaration *td, Objects *tiargs) | |
| 3098 : ScopeDsymbol(NULL) | |
| 3099 { | |
| 3100 #if LOG | |
| 3101 printf("TemplateInstance(this = %p, tempdecl = '%s')\n", this, td->toChars()); | |
| 3102 #endif | |
| 3103 this->loc = loc; | |
| 3104 this->name = td->ident; | |
| 3105 this->tiargs = tiargs; | |
| 3106 this->tempdecl = td; | |
| 3107 this->inst = NULL; | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
3108 this->tinst = NULL; |
| 336 | 3109 this->argsym = NULL; |
| 3110 this->aliasdecl = NULL; | |
| 1587 | 3111 this->semanticRun = 0; |
| 336 | 3112 this->semantictiargsdone = 1; |
| 3113 this->withsym = NULL; | |
| 3114 this->nest = 0; | |
| 3115 this->havetempdecl = 1; | |
| 3116 this->isnested = NULL; | |
| 3117 this->errors = 0; | |
|
940
39519a1ff603
Changed the way LDC determines if a template instantiation needs to get a definition, seems to speed up compile times quite a bit in some cases.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
876
diff
changeset
|
3118 |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
3119 #if IN_LLVM |
|
940
39519a1ff603
Changed the way LDC determines if a template instantiation needs to get a definition, seems to speed up compile times quite a bit in some cases.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
876
diff
changeset
|
3120 // LDC |
|
1478
4dca8ed9d8b7
Fix #318 by making a list of all seen template instances in a module for
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1367
diff
changeset
|
3121 this->emittedInModule = NULL; |
|
940
39519a1ff603
Changed the way LDC determines if a template instantiation needs to get a definition, seems to speed up compile times quite a bit in some cases.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
876
diff
changeset
|
3122 this->tmodule = NULL; |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
3123 #endif |
| 336 | 3124 |
| 3125 assert((size_t)tempdecl->scope > 0x10000); | |
| 3126 } | |
| 3127 | |
| 3128 | |
| 3129 Objects *TemplateInstance::arraySyntaxCopy(Objects *objs) | |
| 3130 { | |
| 3131 Objects *a = NULL; | |
| 3132 if (objs) | |
| 3133 { a = new Objects(); | |
| 3134 a->setDim(objs->dim); | |
| 3135 for (size_t i = 0; i < objs->dim; i++) | |
| 3136 { | |
| 3137 Type *ta = isType((Object *)objs->data[i]); | |
| 3138 if (ta) | |
| 3139 a->data[i] = ta->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 3140 else | |
| 3141 { | |
| 3142 Expression *ea = isExpression((Object *)objs->data[i]); | |
| 3143 assert(ea); | |
| 3144 a->data[i] = ea->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 3145 } | |
| 3146 } | |
| 3147 } | |
| 3148 return a; | |
| 3149 } | |
| 3150 | |
| 3151 Dsymbol *TemplateInstance::syntaxCopy(Dsymbol *s) | |
| 3152 { | |
| 3153 TemplateInstance *ti; | |
| 3154 | |
| 3155 if (s) | |
| 3156 ti = (TemplateInstance *)s; | |
| 3157 else | |
| 3158 ti = new TemplateInstance(loc, name); | |
| 3159 | |
| 3160 ti->tiargs = arraySyntaxCopy(tiargs); | |
| 3161 | |
| 3162 ScopeDsymbol::syntaxCopy(ti); | |
| 3163 return ti; | |
| 3164 } | |
| 3165 | |
| 3166 | |
| 3167 void TemplateInstance::semantic(Scope *sc) | |
| 3168 { | |
| 3169 if (global.errors) | |
| 3170 { | |
| 3171 if (!global.gag) | |
| 3172 { | |
| 3173 /* Trying to soldier on rarely generates useful messages | |
| 3174 * at this point. | |
| 3175 */ | |
| 3176 fatal(); | |
| 3177 } | |
| 3178 return; | |
| 3179 } | |
| 3180 #if LOG | |
| 3181 printf("\n+TemplateInstance::semantic('%s', this=%p)\n", toChars(), this); | |
| 3182 #endif | |
| 3183 if (inst) // if semantic() was already run | |
| 3184 { | |
| 3185 #if LOG | |
| 3186 printf("-TemplateInstance::semantic('%s', this=%p) already run\n", inst->toChars(), inst); | |
| 3187 #endif | |
| 3188 return; | |
| 3189 } | |
| 3190 | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
3191 // get the enclosing template instance from the scope tinst |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
3192 tinst = sc->tinst; |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
3193 |
| 1587 | 3194 if (semanticRun != 0) |
| 336 | 3195 { |
| 3196 error(loc, "recursive template expansion"); | |
| 3197 // inst = this; | |
| 3198 return; | |
| 3199 } | |
| 1587 | 3200 semanticRun = 1; |
| 336 | 3201 |
|
561
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
3202 // get the enclosing template instance from the scope tinst |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
3203 tinst = sc->tinst; |
|
946
1714836f2c0b
Mostly rewrite debug info generation in terms of llvm/Analysis/DebugInfo.h.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
940
diff
changeset
|
3204 |
|
1714836f2c0b
Mostly rewrite debug info generation in terms of llvm/Analysis/DebugInfo.h.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
940
diff
changeset
|
3205 // get the module of the outermost enclosing instantiation |
|
1714836f2c0b
Mostly rewrite debug info generation in terms of llvm/Analysis/DebugInfo.h.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
940
diff
changeset
|
3206 if (tinst) |
|
1714836f2c0b
Mostly rewrite debug info generation in terms of llvm/Analysis/DebugInfo.h.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
940
diff
changeset
|
3207 tmodule = tinst->tmodule; |
|
1714836f2c0b
Mostly rewrite debug info generation in terms of llvm/Analysis/DebugInfo.h.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
940
diff
changeset
|
3208 else |
|
1714836f2c0b
Mostly rewrite debug info generation in terms of llvm/Analysis/DebugInfo.h.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
940
diff
changeset
|
3209 tmodule = sc->module; |
|
948
780530d1cad3
Revert templates to old behavior.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
946
diff
changeset
|
3210 //printf("%s in %s\n", toChars(), tmodule->toChars()); |
|
561
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
3211 |
| 336 | 3212 #if LOG |
| 3213 printf("\tdo semantic\n"); | |
| 3214 #endif | |
| 3215 if (havetempdecl) | |
| 3216 { | |
| 3217 assert((size_t)tempdecl->scope > 0x10000); | |
| 3218 // Deduce tdtypes | |
| 3219 tdtypes.setDim(tempdecl->parameters->dim); | |
| 3220 if (!tempdecl->matchWithInstance(this, &tdtypes, 0)) | |
| 3221 { | |
| 3222 error("incompatible arguments for template instantiation"); | |
| 3223 inst = this; | |
| 3224 return; | |
| 3225 } | |
| 3226 } | |
| 3227 else | |
| 3228 { | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
3229 /* Run semantic on each argument, place results in tiargs[] |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
3230 * (if we havetempdecl, then tiargs is already evaluated) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
3231 */ |
| 336 | 3232 semanticTiargs(sc); |
| 3233 | |
| 3234 tempdecl = findTemplateDeclaration(sc); | |
| 3235 if (tempdecl) | |
| 3236 tempdecl = findBestMatch(sc); | |
| 3237 if (!tempdecl || global.errors) | |
| 3238 { inst = this; | |
| 3239 //printf("error return %p, %d\n", tempdecl, global.errors); | |
| 3240 return; // error recovery | |
| 3241 } | |
| 3242 } | |
| 3243 | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
3244 hasNestedArgs(tiargs); |
| 336 | 3245 |
| 3246 /* See if there is an existing TemplateInstantiation that already | |
| 3247 * implements the typeargs. If so, just refer to that one instead. | |
| 3248 */ | |
| 3249 | |
| 3250 for (size_t i = 0; i < tempdecl->instances.dim; i++) | |
| 3251 { | |
| 3252 TemplateInstance *ti = (TemplateInstance *)tempdecl->instances.data[i]; | |
| 3253 #if LOG | |
| 3254 printf("\t%s: checking for match with instance %d (%p): '%s'\n", toChars(), i, ti, ti->toChars()); | |
| 3255 #endif | |
| 3256 assert(tdtypes.dim == ti->tdtypes.dim); | |
| 3257 | |
| 3258 // Nesting must match | |
| 3259 if (isnested != ti->isnested) | |
| 3260 continue; | |
| 3261 #if 0 | |
| 3262 if (isnested && sc->parent != ti->parent) | |
| 3263 continue; | |
| 3264 #endif | |
| 3265 for (size_t j = 0; j < tdtypes.dim; j++) | |
| 3266 { Object *o1 = (Object *)tdtypes.data[j]; | |
| 3267 Object *o2 = (Object *)ti->tdtypes.data[j]; | |
| 3268 if (!match(o1, o2, tempdecl, sc)) | |
| 3269 goto L1; | |
| 3270 } | |
| 3271 | |
| 3272 // It's a match | |
| 3273 inst = ti; | |
| 3274 parent = ti->parent; | |
| 3275 #if LOG | |
| 3276 printf("\tit's a match with instance %p\n", inst); | |
| 3277 #endif | |
| 3278 return; | |
| 3279 | |
| 3280 L1: | |
| 3281 ; | |
| 3282 } | |
| 3283 | |
| 3284 /* So, we need to implement 'this' instance. | |
| 3285 */ | |
| 3286 #if LOG | |
| 3287 printf("\timplement template instance '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 3288 #endif | |
| 3289 unsigned errorsave = global.errors; | |
| 3290 inst = this; | |
| 3291 int tempdecl_instance_idx = tempdecl->instances.dim; | |
| 3292 tempdecl->instances.push(this); | |
| 3293 parent = tempdecl->parent; | |
| 3294 //printf("parent = '%s'\n", parent->kind()); | |
| 3295 | |
| 3296 ident = genIdent(); // need an identifier for name mangling purposes. | |
| 3297 | |
| 3298 #if 1 | |
| 3299 if (isnested) | |
| 3300 parent = isnested; | |
| 3301 #endif | |
| 3302 //printf("parent = '%s'\n", parent->kind()); | |
| 3303 | |
| 3304 // Add 'this' to the enclosing scope's members[] so the semantic routines | |
| 3305 // will get called on the instance members | |
| 3306 #if 1 | |
| 3307 int dosemantic3 = 0; | |
| 3308 { Array *a; | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
3309 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
3310 Scope *scx = sc; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
3311 #if 0 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
3312 for (scx = sc; scx; scx = scx->enclosing) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
3313 if (scx->scopesym) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
3314 break; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
3315 #endif |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
3316 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
3317 //if (scx && scx->scopesym) printf("3: scx is %s %s\n", scx->scopesym->kind(), scx->scopesym->toChars()); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
3318 if (scx && scx->scopesym && |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
3319 scx->scopesym->members && !scx->scopesym->isTemplateMixin() |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
3320 #if 1 // removed because it bloated compile times |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
3321 /* The problem is if A imports B, and B imports A, and both A |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
3322 * and B instantiate the same template, does the compilation of A |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
3323 * or the compilation of B do the actual instantiation? |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
3324 * |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
3325 * see bugzilla 2500. |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
3326 */ |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
3327 && !scx->module->selfImports() |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
3328 #endif |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
3329 ) |
| 336 | 3330 { |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
3331 //printf("\t1: adding to %s %s\n", scx->scopesym->kind(), scx->scopesym->toChars()); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
3332 a = scx->scopesym->members; |
| 336 | 3333 } |
| 3334 else | |
| 3335 { Module *m = sc->module->importedFrom; | |
| 3336 //printf("\t2: adding to module %s instead of module %s\n", m->toChars(), sc->module->toChars()); | |
| 3337 a = m->members; | |
| 1587 | 3338 if (m->semanticRun >= 3) |
| 336 | 3339 dosemantic3 = 1; |
| 3340 } | |
| 3341 for (int i = 0; 1; i++) | |
| 3342 { | |
| 3343 if (i == a->dim) | |
| 3344 { | |
| 3345 a->push(this); | |
| 3346 break; | |
| 3347 } | |
| 3348 if (this == (Dsymbol *)a->data[i]) // if already in Array | |
| 3349 break; | |
| 3350 } | |
| 3351 } | |
| 3352 #endif | |
| 3353 | |
| 3354 // Copy the syntax trees from the TemplateDeclaration | |
| 3355 members = Dsymbol::arraySyntaxCopy(tempdecl->members); | |
| 3356 | |
| 3357 // Create our own scope for the template parameters | |
| 3358 Scope *scope = tempdecl->scope; | |
| 1587 | 3359 if (!tempdecl->semanticRun) |
| 336 | 3360 { |
| 1587 | 3361 error("template instantiation %s forward references template declaration %s\n", toChars(), tempdecl->toChars()); |
| 336 | 3362 return; |
| 3363 } | |
| 3364 | |
| 3365 #if LOG | |
| 3366 printf("\tcreate scope for template parameters '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 3367 #endif | |
| 3368 argsym = new ScopeDsymbol(); | |
| 3369 argsym->parent = scope->parent; | |
| 3370 scope = scope->push(argsym); | |
| 3371 | |
| 3372 // Declare each template parameter as an alias for the argument type | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
3373 Scope *paramscope = scope->push(); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
3374 paramscope->stc = 0; |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
3375 declareParameters(paramscope); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
3376 paramscope->pop(); |
| 336 | 3377 |
| 3378 // Add members of template instance to template instance symbol table | |
| 3379 // parent = scope->scopesym; | |
| 3380 symtab = new DsymbolTable(); | |
| 3381 int memnum = 0; | |
| 3382 for (int i = 0; i < members->dim; i++) | |
| 3383 { | |
| 3384 Dsymbol *s = (Dsymbol *)members->data[i]; | |
| 3385 #if LOG | |
| 3386 printf("\t[%d] adding member '%s' %p kind %s to '%s', memnum = %d\n", i, s->toChars(), s, s->kind(), this->toChars(), memnum); | |
| 3387 #endif | |
| 3388 memnum |= s->addMember(scope, this, memnum); | |
| 3389 } | |
| 3390 #if LOG | |
| 3391 printf("adding members done\n"); | |
| 3392 #endif | |
| 3393 | |
| 3394 /* See if there is only one member of template instance, and that | |
| 3395 * member has the same name as the template instance. | |
| 3396 * If so, this template instance becomes an alias for that member. | |
| 3397 */ | |
| 3398 //printf("members->dim = %d\n", members->dim); | |
| 3399 if (members->dim) | |
| 3400 { | |
| 3401 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3402 if (Dsymbol::oneMembers(members, &s) && s) | |
| 3403 { | |
| 3404 //printf("s->kind = '%s'\n", s->kind()); | |
| 3405 //s->print(); | |
| 3406 //printf("'%s', '%s'\n", s->ident->toChars(), tempdecl->ident->toChars()); | |
| 3407 if (s->ident && s->ident->equals(tempdecl->ident)) | |
| 3408 { | |
| 3409 //printf("setting aliasdecl\n"); | |
| 3410 aliasdecl = new AliasDeclaration(loc, s->ident, s); | |
|
1089
d33b0d4b816a
Make sure instantiations of template intrinsics are marked as intrinsics.
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1067
diff
changeset
|
3411 |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
3412 #if IN_LLVM |
|
1089
d33b0d4b816a
Make sure instantiations of template intrinsics are marked as intrinsics.
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1067
diff
changeset
|
3413 // LDC propagate internal information |
|
d33b0d4b816a
Make sure instantiations of template intrinsics are marked as intrinsics.
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1067
diff
changeset
|
3414 if (tempdecl->llvmInternal) { |
|
d33b0d4b816a
Make sure instantiations of template intrinsics are marked as intrinsics.
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1067
diff
changeset
|
3415 s->llvmInternal = tempdecl->llvmInternal; |
|
d33b0d4b816a
Make sure instantiations of template intrinsics are marked as intrinsics.
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1067
diff
changeset
|
3416 if (FuncDeclaration* fd = s->isFuncDeclaration()) { |
|
d33b0d4b816a
Make sure instantiations of template intrinsics are marked as intrinsics.
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1067
diff
changeset
|
3417 fd->intrinsicName = tempdecl->intrinsicName; |
|
d33b0d4b816a
Make sure instantiations of template intrinsics are marked as intrinsics.
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1067
diff
changeset
|
3418 } |
|
d33b0d4b816a
Make sure instantiations of template intrinsics are marked as intrinsics.
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1067
diff
changeset
|
3419 } |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
3420 #endif |
| 336 | 3421 } |
| 3422 } | |
| 3423 } | |
| 3424 | |
| 3425 // Do semantic() analysis on template instance members | |
| 3426 #if LOG | |
| 3427 printf("\tdo semantic() on template instance members '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 3428 #endif | |
| 3429 Scope *sc2; | |
| 3430 sc2 = scope->push(this); | |
| 3431 //printf("isnested = %d, sc->parent = %s\n", isnested, sc->parent->toChars()); | |
| 3432 sc2->parent = /*isnested ? sc->parent :*/ this; | |
|
561
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
3433 sc2->tinst = this; |
| 336 | 3434 |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
3435 #if WINDOWS_SEH |
| 336 | 3436 __try |
| 3437 { | |
| 3438 #endif | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
3439 static int nest; |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
3440 //printf("%d\n", nest); |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
3441 if (++nest > 500) |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
3442 { |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
3443 global.gag = 0; // ensure error message gets printed |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
3444 error("recursive expansion"); |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
3445 fatal(); |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
3446 } |
| 336 | 3447 for (int i = 0; i < members->dim; i++) |
| 3448 { | |
| 3449 Dsymbol *s = (Dsymbol *)members->data[i]; | |
| 3450 //printf("\t[%d] semantic on '%s' %p kind %s in '%s'\n", i, s->toChars(), s, s->kind(), this->toChars()); | |
| 3451 //printf("test: isnested = %d, sc2->parent = %s\n", isnested, sc2->parent->toChars()); | |
| 3452 // if (isnested) | |
| 3453 // s->parent = sc->parent; | |
| 3454 //printf("test3: isnested = %d, s->parent = %s\n", isnested, s->parent->toChars()); | |
| 3455 s->semantic(sc2); | |
| 3456 //printf("test4: isnested = %d, s->parent = %s\n", isnested, s->parent->toChars()); | |
| 3457 sc2->module->runDeferredSemantic(); | |
| 3458 } | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
3459 --nest; |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
3460 #if WINDOWS_SEH |
| 336 | 3461 } |
| 3462 __except (__ehfilter(GetExceptionInformation())) | |
| 3463 { | |
| 3464 global.gag = 0; // ensure error message gets printed | |
| 3465 error("recursive expansion"); | |
| 3466 fatal(); | |
| 3467 } | |
| 3468 #endif | |
| 3469 | |
| 3470 /* If any of the instantiation members didn't get semantic() run | |
| 3471 * on them due to forward references, we cannot run semantic2() | |
| 3472 * or semantic3() yet. | |
| 3473 */ | |
| 3474 for (size_t i = 0; i < Module::deferred.dim; i++) | |
| 3475 { Dsymbol *sd = (Dsymbol *)Module::deferred.data[i]; | |
| 3476 | |
| 3477 if (sd->parent == this) | |
| 3478 goto Laftersemantic; | |
| 3479 } | |
| 3480 | |
| 3481 /* The problem is when to parse the initializer for a variable. | |
| 3482 * Perhaps VarDeclaration::semantic() should do it like it does | |
| 3483 * for initializers inside a function. | |
| 3484 */ | |
| 3485 // if (sc->parent->isFuncDeclaration()) | |
| 3486 | |
| 3487 /* BUG 782: this has problems if the classes this depends on | |
| 3488 * are forward referenced. Find a way to defer semantic() | |
| 3489 * on this template. | |
| 3490 */ | |
| 3491 semantic2(sc2); | |
| 3492 | |
| 3493 if (sc->func || dosemantic3) | |
| 3494 { | |
| 3495 semantic3(sc2); | |
| 3496 } | |
| 3497 | |
| 3498 Laftersemantic: | |
| 3499 sc2->pop(); | |
| 3500 | |
| 3501 scope->pop(); | |
| 3502 | |
| 3503 // Give additional context info if error occurred during instantiation | |
| 3504 if (global.errors != errorsave) | |
| 3505 { | |
| 3506 error("error instantiating"); | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
3507 if (tinst && !global.gag) |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
3508 { tinst->printInstantiationTrace(); |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
3509 fatal(); |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
3510 } |
| 336 | 3511 errors = 1; |
| 3512 if (global.gag) | |
| 3513 tempdecl->instances.remove(tempdecl_instance_idx); | |
| 3514 } | |
| 3515 | |
| 3516 #if LOG | |
| 3517 printf("-TemplateInstance::semantic('%s', this=%p)\n", toChars(), this); | |
| 3518 #endif | |
| 3519 } | |
| 3520 | |
| 3521 | |
| 3522 void TemplateInstance::semanticTiargs(Scope *sc) | |
| 3523 { | |
| 3524 //printf("+TemplateInstance::semanticTiargs() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 3525 if (semantictiargsdone) | |
| 3526 return; | |
| 3527 semantictiargsdone = 1; | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
3528 semanticTiargs(loc, sc, tiargs, 0); |
| 336 | 3529 } |
| 3530 | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
3531 /********************************** |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
3532 * Input: |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
3533 * flags 1: replace const variables with their initializers |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
3534 */ |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
3535 |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
3536 void TemplateInstance::semanticTiargs(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Objects *tiargs, int flags) |
| 336 | 3537 { |
| 3538 // Run semantic on each argument, place results in tiargs[] | |
| 3539 //printf("+TemplateInstance::semanticTiargs() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 3540 if (!tiargs) | |
| 3541 return; | |
| 3542 for (size_t j = 0; j < tiargs->dim; j++) | |
| 3543 { | |
| 3544 Object *o = (Object *)tiargs->data[j]; | |
| 3545 Type *ta = isType(o); | |
| 3546 Expression *ea = isExpression(o); | |
| 3547 Dsymbol *sa = isDsymbol(o); | |
| 3548 | |
| 3549 //printf("1: tiargs->data[%d] = %p, %p, %p, ea=%p, ta=%p\n", j, o, isDsymbol(o), isTuple(o), ea, ta); | |
| 3550 if (ta) | |
| 3551 { | |
| 3552 //printf("type %s\n", ta->toChars()); | |
| 3553 // It might really be an Expression or an Alias | |
| 3554 ta->resolve(loc, sc, &ea, &ta, &sa); | |
| 3555 if (ea) | |
| 3556 { | |
| 3557 ea = ea->semantic(sc); | |
| 3558 ea = ea->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
| 3559 tiargs->data[j] = ea; | |
| 3560 } | |
| 3561 else if (sa) | |
| 3562 { tiargs->data[j] = sa; | |
| 3563 TupleDeclaration *d = sa->toAlias()->isTupleDeclaration(); | |
| 3564 if (d) | |
| 3565 { | |
| 3566 size_t dim = d->objects->dim; | |
| 3567 tiargs->remove(j); | |
| 3568 tiargs->insert(j, d->objects); | |
| 3569 j--; | |
| 3570 } | |
| 3571 } | |
| 3572 else if (ta) | |
| 3573 { | |
| 1587 | 3574 Ltype: |
| 336 | 3575 if (ta->ty == Ttuple) |
| 3576 { // Expand tuple | |
| 3577 TypeTuple *tt = (TypeTuple *)ta; | |
| 3578 size_t dim = tt->arguments->dim; | |
| 3579 tiargs->remove(j); | |
| 3580 if (dim) | |
| 3581 { tiargs->reserve(dim); | |
| 3582 for (size_t i = 0; i < dim; i++) | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
3583 { Parameter *arg = (Parameter *)tt->arguments->data[i]; |
| 336 | 3584 tiargs->insert(j + i, arg->type); |
| 3585 } | |
| 3586 } | |
| 3587 j--; | |
| 3588 } | |
| 3589 else | |
| 3590 tiargs->data[j] = ta; | |
| 3591 } | |
| 3592 else | |
| 3593 { | |
| 3594 assert(global.errors); | |
| 3595 tiargs->data[j] = Type::terror; | |
| 3596 } | |
| 3597 } | |
| 3598 else if (ea) | |
| 3599 { | |
| 3600 if (!ea) | |
| 3601 { assert(global.errors); | |
| 3602 ea = new IntegerExp(0); | |
| 3603 } | |
| 3604 assert(ea); | |
| 3605 ea = ea->semantic(sc); | |
| 3606 ea = ea->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
| 3607 tiargs->data[j] = ea; | |
| 3608 if (ea->op == TOKtype) | |
| 1587 | 3609 { ta = ea->type; |
| 3610 goto Ltype; | |
| 3611 } | |
| 3612 if (ea->op == TOKtuple) | |
| 3613 { // Expand tuple | |
| 3614 TupleExp *te = (TupleExp *)ea; | |
| 3615 size_t dim = te->exps->dim; | |
| 3616 tiargs->remove(j); | |
| 3617 if (dim) | |
| 3618 { tiargs->reserve(dim); | |
| 3619 for (size_t i = 0; i < dim; i++) | |
| 3620 tiargs->insert(j + i, te->exps->data[i]); | |
| 3621 } | |
| 3622 j--; | |
| 3623 } | |
| 336 | 3624 } |
| 3625 else if (sa) | |
| 3626 { | |
| 3627 } | |
| 3628 else | |
| 3629 { | |
| 3630 assert(0); | |
| 3631 } | |
| 3632 //printf("1: tiargs->data[%d] = %p\n", j, tiargs->data[j]); | |
| 3633 } | |
| 3634 #if 0 | |
| 3635 printf("-TemplateInstance::semanticTiargs('%s', this=%p)\n", toChars(), this); | |
| 3636 for (size_t j = 0; j < tiargs->dim; j++) | |
| 3637 { | |
| 3638 Object *o = (Object *)tiargs->data[j]; | |
| 3639 Type *ta = isType(o); | |
| 3640 Expression *ea = isExpression(o); | |
| 3641 Dsymbol *sa = isDsymbol(o); | |
| 3642 Tuple *va = isTuple(o); | |
| 3643 | |
| 3644 printf("\ttiargs[%d] = ta %p, ea %p, sa %p, va %p\n", j, ta, ea, sa, va); | |
| 3645 } | |
| 3646 #endif | |
| 3647 } | |
| 3648 | |
| 3649 /********************************************** | |
| 3650 * Find template declaration corresponding to template instance. | |
| 3651 */ | |
| 3652 | |
| 3653 TemplateDeclaration *TemplateInstance::findTemplateDeclaration(Scope *sc) | |
| 3654 { | |
| 3655 //printf("TemplateInstance::findTemplateDeclaration() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 3656 if (!tempdecl) | |
| 3657 { | |
| 3658 /* Given: | |
| 3659 * foo!( ... ) | |
| 3660 * figure out which TemplateDeclaration foo refers to. | |
| 3661 */ | |
| 3662 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3663 Dsymbol *scopesym; | |
| 3664 Identifier *id; | |
| 3665 int i; | |
| 3666 | |
| 3667 id = name; | |
| 3668 s = sc->search(loc, id, &scopesym); | |
| 3669 if (!s) | |
| 3670 { error("identifier '%s' is not defined", id->toChars()); | |
| 3671 return NULL; | |
| 3672 } | |
| 3673 #if LOG | |
| 3674 printf("It's an instance of '%s' kind '%s'\n", s->toChars(), s->kind()); | |
| 3675 if (s->parent) | |
| 3676 printf("s->parent = '%s'\n", s->parent->toChars()); | |
| 3677 #endif | |
| 3678 withsym = scopesym->isWithScopeSymbol(); | |
| 3679 | |
| 3680 /* We might have found an alias within a template when | |
| 3681 * we really want the template. | |
| 3682 */ | |
| 3683 TemplateInstance *ti; | |
| 3684 if (s->parent && | |
| 3685 (ti = s->parent->isTemplateInstance()) != NULL) | |
| 3686 { | |
| 3687 if ( | |
| 3688 (ti->name == id || | |
| 3689 ti->toAlias()->ident == id) | |
| 3690 && | |
| 3691 ti->tempdecl) | |
| 3692 { | |
| 3693 /* This is so that one can refer to the enclosing | |
| 3694 * template, even if it has the same name as a member | |
| 3695 * of the template, if it has a !(arguments) | |
| 3696 */ | |
| 3697 tempdecl = ti->tempdecl; | |
| 3698 if (tempdecl->overroot) // if not start of overloaded list of TemplateDeclaration's | |
| 3699 tempdecl = tempdecl->overroot; // then get the start | |
| 3700 s = tempdecl; | |
| 3701 } | |
| 3702 } | |
| 3703 | |
| 3704 s = s->toAlias(); | |
| 3705 | |
| 3706 /* It should be a TemplateDeclaration, not some other symbol | |
| 3707 */ | |
| 3708 tempdecl = s->isTemplateDeclaration(); | |
| 3709 if (!tempdecl) | |
| 3710 { | |
| 3711 if (!s->parent && global.errors) | |
| 3712 return NULL; | |
| 3713 if (!s->parent && s->getType()) | |
| 3714 { Dsymbol *s2 = s->getType()->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 3715 if (!s2) | |
| 3716 { | |
| 3717 error("%s is not a template declaration, it is a %s", id->toChars(), s->kind()); | |
| 3718 return NULL; | |
| 3719 } | |
| 3720 s = s2; | |
| 3721 } | |
| 3722 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 3723 //if (!s->parent) printf("s = %s %s\n", s->kind(), s->toChars()); | |
| 3724 #endif | |
| 3725 //assert(s->parent); | |
| 3726 TemplateInstance *ti = s->parent ? s->parent->isTemplateInstance() : NULL; | |
| 3727 if (ti && | |
| 3728 (ti->name == id || | |
| 3729 ti->toAlias()->ident == id) | |
| 3730 && | |
| 3731 ti->tempdecl) | |
| 3732 { | |
| 3733 /* This is so that one can refer to the enclosing | |
| 3734 * template, even if it has the same name as a member | |
| 3735 * of the template, if it has a !(arguments) | |
| 3736 */ | |
| 3737 tempdecl = ti->tempdecl; | |
| 3738 if (tempdecl->overroot) // if not start of overloaded list of TemplateDeclaration's | |
| 3739 tempdecl = tempdecl->overroot; // then get the start | |
| 3740 } | |
| 3741 else | |
| 3742 { | |
| 3743 error("%s is not a template declaration, it is a %s", id->toChars(), s->kind()); | |
| 3744 return NULL; | |
| 3745 } | |
| 3746 } | |
| 3747 } | |
| 3748 else | |
| 3749 assert(tempdecl->isTemplateDeclaration()); | |
| 3750 return tempdecl; | |
| 3751 } | |
| 3752 | |
| 3753 TemplateDeclaration *TemplateInstance::findBestMatch(Scope *sc) | |
| 3754 { | |
| 3755 /* Since there can be multiple TemplateDeclaration's with the same | |
| 3756 * name, look for the best match. | |
| 3757 */ | |
| 3758 TemplateDeclaration *td_ambig = NULL; | |
| 3759 TemplateDeclaration *td_best = NULL; | |
| 3760 MATCH m_best = MATCHnomatch; | |
| 3761 Objects dedtypes; | |
| 3762 | |
| 3763 #if LOG | |
| 3764 printf("TemplateInstance::findBestMatch()\n"); | |
| 3765 #endif | |
| 1587 | 3766 // First look for forward references |
| 3767 for (TemplateDeclaration *td = tempdecl; td; td = td->overnext) | |
| 3768 { | |
| 3769 if (!td->semanticRun) | |
| 3770 { | |
| 3771 if (td->scope) | |
| 3772 { // Try to fix forward reference | |
| 3773 td->semantic(td->scope); | |
| 3774 } | |
| 3775 if (!td->semanticRun) | |
| 3776 { | |
| 3777 error("%s forward references template declaration %s\n", toChars(), td->toChars()); | |
| 3778 return NULL; | |
| 3779 } | |
| 3780 } | |
| 3781 } | |
| 3782 | |
| 336 | 3783 for (TemplateDeclaration *td = tempdecl; td; td = td->overnext) |
| 3784 { | |
| 3785 MATCH m; | |
| 3786 | |
| 3787 //if (tiargs->dim) printf("2: tiargs->dim = %d, data[0] = %p\n", tiargs->dim, tiargs->data[0]); | |
| 3788 | |
| 3789 // If more arguments than parameters, | |
| 3790 // then this is no match. | |
| 3791 if (td->parameters->dim < tiargs->dim) | |
| 3792 { | |
| 3793 if (!td->isVariadic()) | |
| 3794 continue; | |
| 3795 } | |
| 3796 | |
| 3797 dedtypes.setDim(td->parameters->dim); | |
| 3798 dedtypes.zero(); | |
| 1587 | 3799 assert(td->semanticRun); |
| 336 | 3800 m = td->matchWithInstance(this, &dedtypes, 0); |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
3801 //printf("matchWithInstance = %d\n", m); |
| 336 | 3802 if (!m) // no match at all |
| 3803 continue; | |
| 3804 | |
| 3805 if (m < m_best) | |
| 3806 goto Ltd_best; | |
| 3807 if (m > m_best) | |
| 3808 goto Ltd; | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
3809 |
| 336 | 3810 { |
| 3811 // Disambiguate by picking the most specialized TemplateDeclaration | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
3812 MATCH c1 = td->leastAsSpecialized(td_best); |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
3813 MATCH c2 = td_best->leastAsSpecialized(td); |
| 336 | 3814 //printf("c1 = %d, c2 = %d\n", c1, c2); |
| 3815 | |
| 3816 if (c1 > c2) | |
| 3817 goto Ltd; | |
| 3818 else if (c1 < c2) | |
| 3819 goto Ltd_best; | |
| 3820 else | |
| 3821 goto Lambig; | |
| 3822 } | |
| 3823 | |
| 3824 Lambig: // td_best and td are ambiguous | |
| 3825 td_ambig = td; | |
| 3826 continue; | |
| 3827 | |
| 3828 Ltd_best: // td_best is the best match so far | |
| 3829 td_ambig = NULL; | |
| 3830 continue; | |
| 3831 | |
| 3832 Ltd: // td is the new best match | |
| 3833 td_ambig = NULL; | |
| 3834 td_best = td; | |
| 3835 m_best = m; | |
| 3836 tdtypes.setDim(dedtypes.dim); | |
| 3837 memcpy(tdtypes.data, dedtypes.data, tdtypes.dim * sizeof(void *)); | |
| 3838 continue; | |
| 3839 } | |
| 3840 | |
| 3841 if (!td_best) | |
| 3842 { | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
3843 if (tempdecl && !tempdecl->overnext) |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
3844 // Only one template, so we can give better error message |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
3845 error("%s does not match template declaration %s", toChars(), tempdecl->toChars()); |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
3846 else |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
3847 error("%s does not match any template declaration", toChars()); |
| 336 | 3848 return NULL; |
| 3849 } | |
| 3850 if (td_ambig) | |
| 3851 { | |
| 3852 error("%s matches more than one template declaration, %s and %s", | |
| 3853 toChars(), td_best->toChars(), td_ambig->toChars()); | |
| 3854 } | |
| 3855 | |
| 3856 /* The best match is td_best | |
| 3857 */ | |
| 3858 tempdecl = td_best; | |
| 3859 | |
| 3860 #if 0 | |
| 3861 /* Cast any value arguments to be same type as value parameter | |
| 3862 */ | |
| 3863 for (size_t i = 0; i < tiargs->dim; i++) | |
| 3864 { Object *o = (Object *)tiargs->data[i]; | |
| 3865 Expression *ea = isExpression(o); // value argument | |
| 3866 TemplateParameter *tp = (TemplateParameter *)tempdecl->parameters->data[i]; | |
| 3867 assert(tp); | |
| 3868 TemplateValueParameter *tvp = tp->isTemplateValueParameter(); | |
| 3869 if (tvp) | |
| 3870 { | |
| 3871 assert(ea); | |
| 3872 ea = ea->castTo(tvp->valType); | |
| 3873 ea = ea->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
| 3874 tiargs->data[i] = (Object *)ea; | |
| 3875 } | |
| 3876 } | |
| 3877 #endif | |
| 3878 | |
| 3879 #if LOG | |
| 3880 printf("\tIt's a match with template declaration '%s'\n", tempdecl->toChars()); | |
| 3881 #endif | |
| 3882 return tempdecl; | |
| 3883 } | |
| 3884 | |
| 3885 | |
| 3886 /***************************************** | |
| 3887 * Determines if a TemplateInstance will need a nested | |
| 3888 * generation of the TemplateDeclaration. | |
| 3889 */ | |
| 3890 | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
3891 int TemplateInstance::hasNestedArgs(Objects *args) |
| 336 | 3892 { int nested = 0; |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
3893 //printf("TemplateInstance::hasNestedArgs('%s')\n", tempdecl->ident->toChars()); |
| 336 | 3894 |
| 3895 /* A nested instance happens when an argument references a local | |
| 3896 * symbol that is on the stack. | |
| 3897 */ | |
| 3898 for (size_t i = 0; i < args->dim; i++) | |
| 3899 { Object *o = (Object *)args->data[i]; | |
| 3900 Expression *ea = isExpression(o); | |
| 3901 Dsymbol *sa = isDsymbol(o); | |
| 3902 Tuple *va = isTuple(o); | |
| 3903 if (ea) | |
| 3904 { | |
| 3905 if (ea->op == TOKvar) | |
| 3906 { | |
| 3907 sa = ((VarExp *)ea)->var; | |
| 3908 goto Lsa; | |
| 3909 } | |
| 3910 if (ea->op == TOKfunction) | |
| 3911 { | |
| 3912 sa = ((FuncExp *)ea)->fd; | |
| 3913 goto Lsa; | |
| 3914 } | |
| 3915 } | |
| 3916 else if (sa) | |
| 3917 { | |
| 3918 Lsa: | |
| 3919 Declaration *d = sa->isDeclaration(); | |
| 3920 if (d && !d->isDataseg() && | |
| 3921 #if DMDV2 | |
| 3922 !(d->storage_class & STCmanifest) && | |
| 3923 #endif | |
| 3924 (!d->isFuncDeclaration() || d->isFuncDeclaration()->isNested()) && | |
| 3925 !isTemplateMixin()) | |
| 3926 { | |
| 3927 // if module level template | |
| 3928 if (tempdecl->toParent()->isModule()) | |
| 3929 { Dsymbol *dparent = d->toParent(); | |
| 3930 if (!isnested) | |
| 3931 isnested = dparent; | |
| 3932 else if (isnested != dparent) | |
| 3933 { | |
| 3934 /* Select the more deeply nested of the two. | |
| 3935 * Error if one is not nested inside the other. | |
| 3936 */ | |
| 3937 for (Dsymbol *p = isnested; p; p = p->parent) | |
| 3938 { | |
| 3939 if (p == dparent) | |
| 3940 goto L1; // isnested is most nested | |
| 3941 } | |
|
876
27a379f288bf
Merged DMD 1.039
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
875
diff
changeset
|
3942 for (Dsymbol *p = dparent; p; p = p->parent) |
| 336 | 3943 { |
| 3944 if (p == isnested) | |
| 3945 { isnested = dparent; | |
| 3946 goto L1; // dparent is most nested | |
| 3947 } | |
| 3948 } | |
|
876
27a379f288bf
Merged DMD 1.039
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
875
diff
changeset
|
3949 error("%s is nested in both %s and %s", |
|
27a379f288bf
Merged DMD 1.039
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
875
diff
changeset
|
3950 toChars(), isnested->toChars(), dparent->toChars()); |
| 336 | 3951 } |
| 3952 L1: | |
| 3953 //printf("\tnested inside %s\n", isnested->toChars()); | |
| 3954 nested |= 1; | |
| 3955 } | |
| 3956 else | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
3957 error("cannot use local '%s' as parameter to non-global template %s", d->toChars(), tempdecl->toChars()); |
| 336 | 3958 } |
| 3959 } | |
| 3960 else if (va) | |
| 3961 { | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
3962 nested |= hasNestedArgs(&va->objects); |
| 336 | 3963 } |
| 3964 } | |
| 3965 return nested; | |
| 3966 } | |
| 3967 | |
| 3968 /**************************************** | |
| 3969 * This instance needs an identifier for name mangling purposes. | |
| 3970 * Create one by taking the template declaration name and adding | |
| 3971 * the type signature for it. | |
| 3972 */ | |
| 3973 | |
| 3974 Identifier *TemplateInstance::genIdent() | |
| 3975 { OutBuffer buf; | |
| 3976 char *id; | |
| 3977 Objects *args; | |
| 3978 | |
| 3979 //printf("TemplateInstance::genIdent('%s')\n", tempdecl->ident->toChars()); | |
| 3980 id = tempdecl->ident->toChars(); | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
3981 buf.printf("__T%zu%s", strlen(id), id); |
| 336 | 3982 args = tiargs; |
| 3983 for (int i = 0; i < args->dim; i++) | |
| 3984 { Object *o = (Object *)args->data[i]; | |
| 3985 Type *ta = isType(o); | |
| 3986 Expression *ea = isExpression(o); | |
| 3987 Dsymbol *sa = isDsymbol(o); | |
| 3988 Tuple *va = isTuple(o); | |
| 3989 //printf("\to %p ta %p ea %p sa %p va %p\n", o, ta, ea, sa, va); | |
| 3990 if (ta) | |
| 3991 { | |
| 3992 buf.writeByte('T'); | |
| 3993 if (ta->deco) | |
| 3994 buf.writestring(ta->deco); | |
| 3995 else | |
| 3996 { | |
| 3997 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 3998 printf("ta = %d, %s\n", ta->ty, ta->toChars()); | |
| 3999 #endif | |
| 4000 assert(global.errors); | |
| 4001 } | |
| 4002 } | |
| 4003 else if (ea) | |
| 4004 { sinteger_t v; | |
| 4005 real_t r; | |
| 4006 | |
| 1587 | 4007 ea = ea->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); |
| 336 | 4008 if (ea->op == TOKvar) |
| 4009 { | |
| 4010 sa = ((VarExp *)ea)->var; | |
| 4011 ea = NULL; | |
| 4012 goto Lsa; | |
| 4013 } | |
| 4014 if (ea->op == TOKfunction) | |
| 4015 { | |
| 4016 sa = ((FuncExp *)ea)->fd; | |
| 4017 ea = NULL; | |
| 4018 goto Lsa; | |
| 4019 } | |
| 4020 buf.writeByte('V'); | |
| 4021 if (ea->op == TOKtuple) | |
| 4022 { ea->error("tuple is not a valid template value argument"); | |
| 4023 continue; | |
| 4024 } | |
| 4025 #if 1 | |
| 4026 /* Use deco that matches what it would be for a function parameter | |
| 4027 */ | |
| 4028 buf.writestring(ea->type->deco); | |
| 4029 #else | |
| 4030 // Use type of parameter, not type of argument | |
| 4031 TemplateParameter *tp = (TemplateParameter *)tempdecl->parameters->data[i]; | |
| 4032 assert(tp); | |
| 4033 TemplateValueParameter *tvp = tp->isTemplateValueParameter(); | |
| 4034 assert(tvp); | |
| 4035 buf.writestring(tvp->valType->deco); | |
| 4036 #endif | |
| 4037 ea->toMangleBuffer(&buf); | |
| 4038 } | |
| 4039 else if (sa) | |
| 4040 { | |
| 4041 Lsa: | |
| 4042 buf.writeByte('S'); | |
| 4043 Declaration *d = sa->isDeclaration(); | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4044 if (d && (!d->type || !d->type->deco)) |
| 336 | 4045 error("forward reference of %s", d->toChars()); |
| 4046 else | |
| 4047 { | |
| 4048 char *p = sa->mangle(); | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
4049 buf.printf("%zu%s", strlen(p), p); |
| 336 | 4050 } |
| 4051 } | |
| 4052 else if (va) | |
| 4053 { | |
| 4054 assert(i + 1 == args->dim); // must be last one | |
| 4055 args = &va->objects; | |
| 4056 i = -1; | |
| 4057 } | |
| 4058 else | |
| 4059 assert(0); | |
| 4060 } | |
| 4061 buf.writeByte('Z'); | |
| 4062 id = buf.toChars(); | |
| 4063 buf.data = NULL; | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
4064 //printf("\tgenIdent = %s\n", id); |
| 336 | 4065 return new Identifier(id, TOKidentifier); |
| 4066 } | |
| 4067 | |
| 4068 | |
| 4069 /**************************************************** | |
| 4070 * Declare parameters of template instance, initialize them with the | |
| 4071 * template instance arguments. | |
| 4072 */ | |
| 4073 | |
| 1587 | 4074 void TemplateInstance::declareParameters(Scope *sc) |
| 336 | 4075 { |
| 4076 //printf("TemplateInstance::declareParameters()\n"); | |
| 4077 for (int i = 0; i < tdtypes.dim; i++) | |
| 4078 { | |
| 4079 TemplateParameter *tp = (TemplateParameter *)tempdecl->parameters->data[i]; | |
| 4080 //Object *o = (Object *)tiargs->data[i]; | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
4081 Object *o = (Object *)tdtypes.data[i]; // initializer for tp |
| 336 | 4082 |
| 4083 //printf("\ttdtypes[%d] = %p\n", i, o); | |
| 1587 | 4084 tempdecl->declareParameter(sc, tp, o); |
| 336 | 4085 } |
| 4086 } | |
| 4087 | |
| 4088 | |
| 4089 void TemplateInstance::semantic2(Scope *sc) | |
| 4090 { int i; | |
| 4091 | |
| 1587 | 4092 if (semanticRun >= 2) |
| 336 | 4093 return; |
| 1587 | 4094 semanticRun = 2; |
| 336 | 4095 #if LOG |
| 4096 printf("+TemplateInstance::semantic2('%s')\n", toChars()); | |
| 4097 #endif | |
| 4098 if (!errors && members) | |
| 4099 { | |
| 4100 sc = tempdecl->scope; | |
| 4101 assert(sc); | |
| 4102 sc = sc->push(argsym); | |
| 4103 sc = sc->push(this); | |
|
561
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4104 sc->tinst = this; |
| 336 | 4105 for (i = 0; i < members->dim; i++) |
| 4106 { | |
| 4107 Dsymbol *s = (Dsymbol *)members->data[i]; | |
| 4108 #if LOG | |
| 4109 printf("\tmember '%s', kind = '%s'\n", s->toChars(), s->kind()); | |
| 4110 #endif | |
| 4111 s->semantic2(sc); | |
| 4112 } | |
| 4113 sc = sc->pop(); | |
| 4114 sc->pop(); | |
| 4115 } | |
| 4116 #if LOG | |
| 4117 printf("-TemplateInstance::semantic2('%s')\n", toChars()); | |
| 4118 #endif | |
| 4119 } | |
| 4120 | |
| 4121 void TemplateInstance::semantic3(Scope *sc) | |
| 4122 { | |
| 4123 #if LOG | |
| 1587 | 4124 printf("TemplateInstance::semantic3('%s'), semanticRun = %d\n", toChars(), semanticRun); |
| 336 | 4125 #endif |
| 4126 //if (toChars()[0] == 'D') *(char*)0=0; | |
| 1587 | 4127 if (semanticRun >= 3) |
| 336 | 4128 return; |
| 1587 | 4129 semanticRun = 3; |
| 336 | 4130 if (!errors && members) |
| 4131 { | |
| 4132 sc = tempdecl->scope; | |
| 4133 sc = sc->push(argsym); | |
| 4134 sc = sc->push(this); | |
|
561
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4135 sc->tinst = this; |
| 336 | 4136 for (int i = 0; i < members->dim; i++) |
| 4137 { | |
| 4138 Dsymbol *s = (Dsymbol *)members->data[i]; | |
| 4139 s->semantic3(sc); | |
| 4140 } | |
| 4141 sc = sc->pop(); | |
| 4142 sc->pop(); | |
| 4143 } | |
| 4144 } | |
| 4145 | |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
4146 #if IN_DMD |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
4147 |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4148 void TemplateInstance::printInstantiationTrace() |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4149 { |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4150 if (global.gag) |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4151 return; |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4152 } |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4153 |
| 336 | 4154 void TemplateInstance::toObjFile(int multiobj) |
| 4155 { | |
| 4156 #if LOG | |
| 4157 printf("TemplateInstance::toObjFile('%s', this = %p)\n", toChars(), this); | |
| 4158 #endif | |
| 4159 if (!errors && members) | |
| 4160 { | |
| 4161 if (multiobj) | |
| 4162 // Append to list of object files to be written later | |
| 4163 //obj_append(this); | |
| 4164 assert(0 && "multiobj"); | |
| 4165 else | |
| 4166 { | |
| 4167 for (int i = 0; i < members->dim; i++) | |
| 4168 { | |
| 4169 Dsymbol *s = (Dsymbol *)members->data[i]; | |
| 4170 s->toObjFile(multiobj); | |
| 4171 } | |
| 4172 } | |
| 4173 } | |
| 4174 } | |
| 4175 | |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
4176 #endif |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
4177 |
| 336 | 4178 void TemplateInstance::inlineScan() |
| 4179 { | |
| 4180 #if LOG | |
| 4181 printf("TemplateInstance::inlineScan('%s')\n", toChars()); | |
| 4182 #endif | |
| 4183 if (!errors && members) | |
| 4184 { | |
| 4185 for (int i = 0; i < members->dim; i++) | |
| 4186 { | |
| 4187 Dsymbol *s = (Dsymbol *)members->data[i]; | |
| 4188 s->inlineScan(); | |
| 4189 } | |
| 4190 } | |
| 4191 } | |
| 4192 | |
| 4193 void TemplateInstance::toCBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs) | |
| 4194 { | |
| 4195 int i; | |
| 4196 | |
| 4197 Identifier *id = name; | |
| 4198 buf->writestring(id->toChars()); | |
| 4199 buf->writestring("!("); | |
| 4200 if (nest) | |
| 4201 buf->writestring("..."); | |
| 4202 else | |
| 4203 { | |
| 4204 nest++; | |
| 4205 Objects *args = tiargs; | |
| 4206 for (i = 0; i < args->dim; i++) | |
| 4207 { | |
| 4208 if (i) | |
| 4209 buf->writeByte(','); | |
| 4210 Object *oarg = (Object *)args->data[i]; | |
| 4211 ObjectToCBuffer(buf, hgs, oarg); | |
| 4212 } | |
| 4213 nest--; | |
| 4214 } | |
| 4215 buf->writeByte(')'); | |
| 4216 } | |
| 4217 | |
| 4218 | |
| 4219 Dsymbol *TemplateInstance::toAlias() | |
| 4220 { | |
| 4221 #if LOG | |
| 4222 printf("TemplateInstance::toAlias()\n"); | |
| 4223 #endif | |
| 4224 if (!inst) | |
| 4225 { error("cannot resolve forward reference"); | |
| 1587 | 4226 errors = 1; |
| 336 | 4227 return this; |
| 4228 } | |
| 4229 | |
| 4230 if (inst != this) | |
| 4231 return inst->toAlias(); | |
| 4232 | |
| 4233 if (aliasdecl) | |
| 4234 return aliasdecl->toAlias(); | |
| 4235 | |
| 4236 return inst; | |
| 4237 } | |
| 4238 | |
| 4239 AliasDeclaration *TemplateInstance::isAliasDeclaration() | |
| 4240 { | |
| 4241 return aliasdecl; | |
| 4242 } | |
| 4243 | |
| 4244 const char *TemplateInstance::kind() | |
| 4245 { | |
| 4246 return "template instance"; | |
| 4247 } | |
| 4248 | |
| 4249 int TemplateInstance::oneMember(Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 4250 { | |
| 4251 *ps = NULL; | |
| 4252 return TRUE; | |
| 4253 } | |
| 4254 | |
| 4255 char *TemplateInstance::toChars() | |
| 4256 { | |
| 4257 OutBuffer buf; | |
| 4258 HdrGenState hgs; | |
| 4259 char *s; | |
| 4260 | |
| 4261 toCBuffer(&buf, &hgs); | |
| 4262 s = buf.toChars(); | |
| 4263 buf.data = NULL; | |
| 4264 return s; | |
| 4265 } | |
| 4266 | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4267 #if IN_LLVM |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4268 |
|
561
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4269 void TemplateInstance::printInstantiationTrace() |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4270 { |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4271 if(global.gag) |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4272 return; |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4273 |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4274 const int max_shown = 6; |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4275 |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4276 // determine instantiation depth |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4277 int n_instantiations = 1; |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4278 TemplateInstance* cur = this; |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4279 while(cur = cur->tinst) |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4280 ++n_instantiations; |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4281 |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4282 // show full trace only if it's short or verbose is on |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4283 if(n_instantiations <= max_shown || global.params.verbose) |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4284 { |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4285 cur = this; |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4286 while(cur) |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4287 { |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4288 fprintf(stdmsg," instantiatied in %s: %s\n", cur->loc.toChars(), cur->toChars()); |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4289 cur = cur->tinst; |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4290 } |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4291 } |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4292 else |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4293 { |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4294 cur = this; |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4295 size_t i = 0; |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4296 for(; i < max_shown/2; ++i, cur = cur->tinst) |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4297 fprintf(stdmsg," instantiatied in %s: %s\n", cur->loc.toChars(), cur->toChars()); |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4298 fprintf(stdmsg," ... (%d instantiations, -v to show) ...\n", n_instantiations - max_shown); |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4299 for(; i < n_instantiations - max_shown + max_shown/2; ++i, cur = cur->tinst) |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4300 {} |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4301 for(; i < n_instantiations; ++i, cur = cur->tinst) |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4302 fprintf(stdmsg," instantiatied in %s: %s\n", cur->loc.toChars(), cur->toChars()); |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4303 } |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4304 } |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4305 |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4306 #endif |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4307 |
| 336 | 4308 /* ======================== TemplateMixin ================================ */ |
| 4309 | |
| 4310 TemplateMixin::TemplateMixin(Loc loc, Identifier *ident, Type *tqual, | |
| 4311 Array *idents, Objects *tiargs) | |
| 4312 : TemplateInstance(loc, (Identifier *)idents->data[idents->dim - 1]) | |
| 4313 { | |
| 4314 //printf("TemplateMixin(ident = '%s')\n", ident ? ident->toChars() : ""); | |
| 4315 this->ident = ident; | |
| 4316 this->tqual = tqual; | |
| 4317 this->idents = idents; | |
| 4318 this->tiargs = tiargs ? tiargs : new Objects(); | |
| 4319 } | |
| 4320 | |
| 4321 Dsymbol *TemplateMixin::syntaxCopy(Dsymbol *s) | |
| 4322 { TemplateMixin *tm; | |
| 4323 | |
| 4324 Array *ids = new Array(); | |
| 4325 ids->setDim(idents->dim); | |
| 4326 for (int i = 0; i < idents->dim; i++) | |
| 4327 { // Matches TypeQualified::syntaxCopyHelper() | |
| 4328 Identifier *id = (Identifier *)idents->data[i]; | |
| 4329 if (id->dyncast() == DYNCAST_DSYMBOL) | |
| 4330 { | |
| 4331 TemplateInstance *ti = (TemplateInstance *)id; | |
| 4332 | |
| 4333 ti = (TemplateInstance *)ti->syntaxCopy(NULL); | |
| 4334 id = (Identifier *)ti; | |
| 4335 } | |
| 4336 ids->data[i] = id; | |
| 4337 } | |
| 4338 | |
| 4339 tm = new TemplateMixin(loc, ident, | |
| 4340 (Type *)(tqual ? tqual->syntaxCopy() : NULL), | |
| 4341 ids, tiargs); | |
| 4342 TemplateInstance::syntaxCopy(tm); | |
| 4343 return tm; | |
| 4344 } | |
| 4345 | |
| 4346 void TemplateMixin::semantic(Scope *sc) | |
| 4347 { | |
| 4348 #if LOG | |
| 4349 printf("+TemplateMixin::semantic('%s', this=%p)\n", toChars(), this); | |
| 4350 fflush(stdout); | |
| 4351 #endif | |
| 1587 | 4352 if (semanticRun) |
| 4353 { | |
| 336 | 4354 // This for when a class/struct contains mixin members, and |
| 4355 // is done over because of forward references | |
| 1587 | 4356 if (parent && toParent()->isAggregateDeclaration()) |
| 4357 semanticRun = 1; // do over | |
| 4358 else | |
| 4359 { | |
| 336 | 4360 #if LOG |
| 1587 | 4361 printf("\tsemantic done\n"); |
| 336 | 4362 #endif |
| 1587 | 4363 return; |
| 4364 } | |
| 336 | 4365 } |
| 1587 | 4366 if (!semanticRun) |
| 4367 semanticRun = 1; | |
| 336 | 4368 #if LOG |
| 4369 printf("\tdo semantic\n"); | |
| 4370 #endif | |
| 4371 | |
| 4372 #if !IN_LLVM | |
| 4373 // dont know what this is | |
| 4374 util_progress(); | |
| 4375 #endif | |
| 4376 | |
| 4377 Scope *scx = NULL; | |
| 4378 if (scope) | |
| 4379 { sc = scope; | |
| 4380 scx = scope; // save so we don't make redundant copies | |
| 4381 scope = NULL; | |
| 4382 } | |
| 4383 | |
| 4384 // Follow qualifications to find the TemplateDeclaration | |
| 4385 if (!tempdecl) | |
| 4386 { Dsymbol *s; | |
| 4387 int i; | |
| 4388 Identifier *id; | |
| 4389 | |
| 4390 if (tqual) | |
| 4391 { s = tqual->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 4392 i = 0; | |
| 4393 } | |
| 4394 else | |
| 4395 { | |
| 4396 i = 1; | |
| 4397 id = (Identifier *)idents->data[0]; | |
| 4398 switch (id->dyncast()) | |
| 4399 { | |
| 4400 case DYNCAST_IDENTIFIER: | |
| 4401 s = sc->search(loc, id, NULL); | |
| 4402 break; | |
| 4403 | |
| 4404 case DYNCAST_DSYMBOL: | |
| 4405 { | |
| 4406 TemplateInstance *ti = (TemplateInstance *)id; | |
| 4407 ti->semantic(sc); | |
| 4408 s = ti; | |
| 4409 break; | |
| 4410 } | |
| 4411 default: | |
| 4412 assert(0); | |
| 4413 } | |
| 4414 } | |
| 4415 | |
| 4416 for (; i < idents->dim; i++) | |
| 4417 { | |
| 4418 if (!s) | |
| 4419 break; | |
| 4420 id = (Identifier *)idents->data[i]; | |
| 4421 s = s->searchX(loc, sc, id); | |
| 4422 } | |
| 4423 if (!s) | |
| 4424 { | |
| 4425 error("is not defined"); | |
| 4426 inst = this; | |
| 4427 return; | |
| 4428 } | |
| 4429 tempdecl = s->toAlias()->isTemplateDeclaration(); | |
| 4430 if (!tempdecl) | |
| 4431 { | |
| 4432 error("%s isn't a template", s->toChars()); | |
| 4433 inst = this; | |
| 4434 return; | |
| 4435 } | |
| 4436 } | |
| 4437 | |
| 4438 // Look for forward reference | |
| 4439 assert(tempdecl); | |
| 4440 for (TemplateDeclaration *td = tempdecl; td; td = td->overnext) | |
| 4441 { | |
| 1587 | 4442 if (!td->semanticRun) |
| 336 | 4443 { |
| 4444 /* Cannot handle forward references if mixin is a struct member, | |
| 4445 * because addField must happen during struct's semantic, not | |
| 4446 * during the mixin semantic. | |
| 4447 * runDeferred will re-run mixin's semantic outside of the struct's | |
| 4448 * semantic. | |
| 4449 */ | |
| 1587 | 4450 semanticRun = 0; |
| 336 | 4451 AggregateDeclaration *ad = toParent()->isAggregateDeclaration(); |
| 4452 if (ad) | |
| 4453 ad->sizeok = 2; | |
| 4454 else | |
| 4455 { | |
| 4456 // Forward reference | |
| 4457 //printf("forward reference - deferring\n"); | |
| 4458 scope = scx ? scx : new Scope(*sc); | |
| 4459 scope->setNoFree(); | |
| 4460 scope->module->addDeferredSemantic(this); | |
| 4461 } | |
| 4462 return; | |
| 4463 } | |
| 4464 } | |
| 4465 | |
| 4466 // Run semantic on each argument, place results in tiargs[] | |
| 4467 semanticTiargs(sc); | |
| 1587 | 4468 if (errors) |
| 4469 return; | |
| 336 | 4470 |
| 4471 tempdecl = findBestMatch(sc); | |
| 4472 if (!tempdecl) | |
| 4473 { inst = this; | |
| 4474 return; // error recovery | |
| 4475 } | |
| 4476 | |
| 4477 if (!ident) | |
| 4478 ident = genIdent(); | |
| 4479 | |
| 4480 inst = this; | |
| 4481 parent = sc->parent; | |
| 4482 | |
| 4483 /* Detect recursive mixin instantiations. | |
| 4484 */ | |
| 4485 for (Dsymbol *s = parent; s; s = s->parent) | |
| 4486 { | |
| 4487 //printf("\ts = '%s'\n", s->toChars()); | |
| 4488 TemplateMixin *tm = s->isTemplateMixin(); | |
| 4489 if (!tm || tempdecl != tm->tempdecl) | |
| 4490 continue; | |
| 4491 | |
| 4492 /* Different argument list lengths happen with variadic args | |
| 4493 */ | |
| 4494 if (tiargs->dim != tm->tiargs->dim) | |
| 4495 continue; | |
| 4496 | |
| 4497 for (int i = 0; i < tiargs->dim; i++) | |
| 4498 { Object *o = (Object *)tiargs->data[i]; | |
| 4499 Type *ta = isType(o); | |
| 4500 Expression *ea = isExpression(o); | |
| 4501 Dsymbol *sa = isDsymbol(o); | |
| 4502 Object *tmo = (Object *)tm->tiargs->data[i]; | |
| 4503 if (ta) | |
| 4504 { | |
| 4505 Type *tmta = isType(tmo); | |
| 4506 if (!tmta) | |
| 4507 goto Lcontinue; | |
| 4508 if (!ta->equals(tmta)) | |
| 4509 goto Lcontinue; | |
| 4510 } | |
| 4511 else if (ea) | |
| 4512 { Expression *tme = isExpression(tmo); | |
| 4513 if (!tme || !ea->equals(tme)) | |
| 4514 goto Lcontinue; | |
| 4515 } | |
| 4516 else if (sa) | |
| 4517 { | |
| 4518 Dsymbol *tmsa = isDsymbol(tmo); | |
| 4519 if (sa != tmsa) | |
| 4520 goto Lcontinue; | |
| 4521 } | |
| 4522 else | |
| 4523 assert(0); | |
| 4524 } | |
| 4525 error("recursive mixin instantiation"); | |
| 4526 return; | |
| 4527 | |
| 4528 Lcontinue: | |
| 4529 continue; | |
| 4530 } | |
| 4531 | |
| 4532 // Copy the syntax trees from the TemplateDeclaration | |
| 4533 members = Dsymbol::arraySyntaxCopy(tempdecl->members); | |
| 4534 if (!members) | |
| 4535 return; | |
| 4536 | |
| 4537 symtab = new DsymbolTable(); | |
| 4538 | |
| 4539 for (Scope *sce = sc; 1; sce = sce->enclosing) | |
| 4540 { | |
| 4541 ScopeDsymbol *sds = (ScopeDsymbol *)sce->scopesym; | |
| 4542 if (sds) | |
| 4543 { | |
| 4544 sds->importScope(this, PROTpublic); | |
| 4545 break; | |
| 4546 } | |
| 4547 } | |
| 4548 | |
| 4549 #if LOG | |
| 4550 printf("\tcreate scope for template parameters '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 4551 #endif | |
| 4552 Scope *scy = sc; | |
| 4553 scy = sc->push(this); | |
| 4554 scy->parent = this; | |
| 4555 | |
| 4556 argsym = new ScopeDsymbol(); | |
| 4557 argsym->parent = scy->parent; | |
| 1587 | 4558 Scope *argscope = scy->push(argsym); |
| 336 | 4559 |
| 4560 unsigned errorsave = global.errors; | |
| 4561 | |
| 4562 // Declare each template parameter as an alias for the argument type | |
| 1587 | 4563 declareParameters(argscope); |
| 336 | 4564 |
| 4565 // Add members to enclosing scope, as well as this scope | |
| 4566 for (unsigned i = 0; i < members->dim; i++) | |
| 4567 { Dsymbol *s; | |
| 4568 | |
| 4569 s = (Dsymbol *)members->data[i]; | |
| 1587 | 4570 s->addMember(argscope, this, i); |
| 336 | 4571 //sc->insert(s); |
| 4572 //printf("sc->parent = %p, sc->scopesym = %p\n", sc->parent, sc->scopesym); | |
| 4573 //printf("s->parent = %s\n", s->parent->toChars()); | |
| 4574 } | |
| 4575 | |
| 4576 // Do semantic() analysis on template instance members | |
| 4577 #if LOG | |
| 4578 printf("\tdo semantic() on template instance members '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 4579 #endif | |
| 4580 Scope *sc2; | |
| 1587 | 4581 sc2 = argscope->push(this); |
| 336 | 4582 sc2->offset = sc->offset; |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4583 |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4584 static int nest; |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4585 //printf("%d\n", nest); |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4586 if (++nest > 500) |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4587 { |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4588 global.gag = 0; // ensure error message gets printed |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4589 error("recursive expansion"); |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4590 fatal(); |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4591 } |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4592 |
| 336 | 4593 for (int i = 0; i < members->dim; i++) |
| 4594 { | |
| 4595 Dsymbol *s = (Dsymbol *)members->data[i]; | |
| 4596 s->semantic(sc2); | |
| 4597 } | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4598 |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4599 nest--; |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4600 |
| 336 | 4601 sc->offset = sc2->offset; |
| 4602 | |
| 4603 /* The problem is when to parse the initializer for a variable. | |
| 4604 * Perhaps VarDeclaration::semantic() should do it like it does | |
| 4605 * for initializers inside a function. | |
| 4606 */ | |
| 4607 // if (sc->parent->isFuncDeclaration()) | |
| 4608 | |
| 4609 semantic2(sc2); | |
| 4610 | |
| 4611 if (sc->func) | |
| 4612 { | |
| 4613 semantic3(sc2); | |
| 4614 } | |
| 4615 | |
| 4616 // Give additional context info if error occurred during instantiation | |
| 4617 if (global.errors != errorsave) | |
| 4618 { | |
| 4619 error("error instantiating"); | |
| 4620 } | |
| 4621 | |
| 4622 sc2->pop(); | |
| 4623 | |
| 1587 | 4624 argscope->pop(); |
| 336 | 4625 |
| 4626 // if (!isAnonymous()) | |
| 4627 { | |
| 4628 scy->pop(); | |
| 4629 } | |
| 4630 #if LOG | |
| 4631 printf("-TemplateMixin::semantic('%s', this=%p)\n", toChars(), this); | |
| 4632 #endif | |
| 4633 } | |
| 4634 | |
| 4635 void TemplateMixin::semantic2(Scope *sc) | |
| 4636 { int i; | |
| 4637 | |
| 1587 | 4638 if (semanticRun >= 2) |
| 336 | 4639 return; |
| 1587 | 4640 semanticRun = 2; |
| 336 | 4641 #if LOG |
| 4642 printf("+TemplateMixin::semantic2('%s')\n", toChars()); | |
| 4643 #endif | |
| 4644 if (members) | |
| 4645 { | |
| 4646 assert(sc); | |
| 4647 sc = sc->push(argsym); | |
| 4648 sc = sc->push(this); | |
| 4649 for (i = 0; i < members->dim; i++) | |
| 4650 { | |
| 4651 Dsymbol *s = (Dsymbol *)members->data[i]; | |
| 4652 #if LOG | |
| 4653 printf("\tmember '%s', kind = '%s'\n", s->toChars(), s->kind()); | |
| 4654 #endif | |
| 4655 s->semantic2(sc); | |
| 4656 } | |
| 4657 sc = sc->pop(); | |
| 4658 sc->pop(); | |
| 4659 } | |
| 4660 #if LOG | |
| 4661 printf("-TemplateMixin::semantic2('%s')\n", toChars()); | |
| 4662 #endif | |
| 4663 } | |
| 4664 | |
| 4665 void TemplateMixin::semantic3(Scope *sc) | |
| 4666 { int i; | |
| 4667 | |
| 1587 | 4668 if (semanticRun >= 3) |
| 336 | 4669 return; |
| 1587 | 4670 semanticRun = 3; |
| 336 | 4671 #if LOG |
| 4672 printf("TemplateMixin::semantic3('%s')\n", toChars()); | |
| 4673 #endif | |
| 4674 if (members) | |
| 4675 { | |
| 4676 sc = sc->push(argsym); | |
| 4677 sc = sc->push(this); | |
| 4678 for (i = 0; i < members->dim; i++) | |
| 4679 { | |
| 4680 Dsymbol *s = (Dsymbol *)members->data[i]; | |
| 4681 s->semantic3(sc); | |
| 4682 } | |
| 4683 sc = sc->pop(); | |
| 4684 sc->pop(); | |
| 4685 } | |
| 4686 } | |
| 4687 | |
| 4688 void TemplateMixin::inlineScan() | |
| 4689 { | |
| 4690 TemplateInstance::inlineScan(); | |
| 4691 } | |
| 4692 | |
| 4693 const char *TemplateMixin::kind() | |
| 4694 { | |
| 4695 return "mixin"; | |
| 4696 } | |
| 4697 | |
| 4698 int TemplateMixin::oneMember(Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 4699 { | |
| 4700 return Dsymbol::oneMember(ps); | |
| 4701 } | |
| 4702 | |
| 4703 int TemplateMixin::hasPointers() | |
| 4704 { | |
| 4705 //printf("TemplateMixin::hasPointers() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 4706 for (size_t i = 0; i < members->dim; i++) | |
| 4707 { | |
| 4708 Dsymbol *s = (Dsymbol *)members->data[i]; | |
| 4709 //printf(" s = %s %s\n", s->kind(), s->toChars()); | |
| 4710 if (s->hasPointers()) | |
| 4711 { | |
| 4712 return 1; | |
| 4713 } | |
| 4714 } | |
| 4715 return 0; | |
| 4716 } | |
| 4717 | |
| 4718 char *TemplateMixin::toChars() | |
| 4719 { | |
| 4720 OutBuffer buf; | |
| 4721 HdrGenState hgs; | |
| 4722 char *s; | |
| 4723 | |
| 4724 TemplateInstance::toCBuffer(&buf, &hgs); | |
| 4725 s = buf.toChars(); | |
| 4726 buf.data = NULL; | |
| 4727 return s; | |
| 4728 } | |
| 4729 | |
| 4730 void TemplateMixin::toCBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs) | |
| 4731 { | |
| 4732 buf->writestring("mixin "); | |
| 4733 | |
| 4734 for (int i = 0; i < idents->dim; i++) | |
| 4735 { Identifier *id = (Identifier *)idents->data[i]; | |
| 4736 | |
| 4737 if (i) | |
| 4738 buf->writeByte('.'); | |
| 4739 buf->writestring(id->toChars()); | |
| 4740 } | |
| 4741 buf->writestring("!("); | |
| 4742 if (tiargs) | |
| 4743 { | |
| 4744 for (int i = 0; i < tiargs->dim; i++) | |
| 4745 { if (i) | |
| 4746 buf->writebyte(','); | |
| 4747 Object *oarg = (Object *)tiargs->data[i]; | |
| 4748 Type *t = isType(oarg); | |
| 4749 Expression *e = isExpression(oarg); | |
| 4750 Dsymbol *s = isDsymbol(oarg); | |
| 4751 if (t) | |
| 4752 t->toCBuffer(buf, NULL, hgs); | |
| 4753 else if (e) | |
| 4754 e->toCBuffer(buf, hgs); | |
| 4755 else if (s) | |
| 4756 { | |
| 4757 char *p = s->ident ? s->ident->toChars() : s->toChars(); | |
| 4758 buf->writestring(p); | |
| 4759 } | |
| 4760 else if (!oarg) | |
| 4761 { | |
| 4762 buf->writestring("NULL"); | |
| 4763 } | |
| 4764 else | |
| 4765 { | |
| 4766 assert(0); | |
| 4767 } | |
| 4768 } | |
| 4769 } | |
| 4770 buf->writebyte(')'); | |
| 4771 if (ident) | |
| 4772 { | |
| 4773 buf->writebyte(' '); | |
| 4774 buf->writestring(ident->toChars()); | |
| 4775 } | |
| 4776 buf->writebyte(';'); | |
| 4777 buf->writenl(); | |
| 4778 } | |
| 4779 | |
| 4780 | |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
4781 #if IN_DMD |
| 336 | 4782 void TemplateMixin::toObjFile(int multiobj) |
| 4783 { | |
| 4784 //printf("TemplateMixin::toObjFile('%s')\n", toChars()); | |
| 4785 TemplateInstance::toObjFile(multiobj); | |
| 4786 } | |
|
1174
0b26cfb2d445
Add newlines to end of file.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1147
diff
changeset
|
4787 #endif |
|
0b26cfb2d445
Add newlines to end of file.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1147
diff
changeset
|
4788 |